src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 142
 143     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 144
 145 protected:
 146     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 147
 148     wxGrid *m_owner;
 149
 150     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 151     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 152 };
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 158     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 163     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 165
 166     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 167     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 168     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 169 };
 170
 171
 172 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 173 {
 174 public:
 175     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 177                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 178
 179 private:
 180     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 181     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183
 184     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 185     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 186     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 187 };
 188
 189
 190 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 191 {
 192 public:
 193     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 194     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 195                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 196
 197 private:
 198     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 199     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 200     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 201
 202     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 203     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 204     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 205 };
 206
 207 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 208 {
 209 public:
 210     wxGridWindow()
 211     {
 212         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 213         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 214     }
 215
 216     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 217                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 218                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 219                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 220
 221     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 222
 223     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 224
 225 private:
 226     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 227     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 228
 229     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 230     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 231     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 232     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 233     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 234     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 235     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 236     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 237
 238     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 239     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 240     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 241 };
 242
 243
 244 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 245 {
 246 public:
 247     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 248         : m_grid(grid),
 249           m_editor(editor),
 250           m_inSetFocus(false)
 251     {
 252     }
 253
 254     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 255     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 256     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 257
 258     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 259
 260 private:
 261     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 262     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 263
 264     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 265     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 266     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 267
 268     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 269     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 270     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 271 };
 272
 273
 274 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 275
 276 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 277     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 278     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 279     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 280 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 281
 282
 283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 284 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 292     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 293     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 294     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 295
 296 private:
 297     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 298     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 299
 300     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 301 };
 302
 303 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 309     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 310
 311     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 312     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 313     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 314
 315 private:
 316     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 317     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 318 };
 319
 320 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 321 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 322 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 323 {
 324 public:
 325     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 326     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 327                            m_colAttrs;
 328 };
 329
 330
 331 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 332 // data structures used for the data type registry
 333 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 334
 335 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 336 {
 337     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 338                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 339                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 340         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 341         {}
 342
 343     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 344     {
 345         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 346         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 347     }
 348
 349     wxString            m_typeName;
 350     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 351     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 352
 353     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 354 };
 355
 356
 357 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 358                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 359
 360
 361 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 362 {
 363 public:
 364   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 365     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 366
 367     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 368                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 369                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 370
 371     // find one of already registered data types
 372     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 373
 374     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 375     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 376     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 377
 378     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 379     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 380     // registered data type and set params for it
 381     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 384     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 385
 386 private:
 387     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 388 };
 389
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // conditional compilation
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 396 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 397 #endif
 398
 399 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 400 // globals
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402
 403 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 404 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 405     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 406     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 407 #endif
 408
 409 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 410 // constants
 411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 412
 413 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 414 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 415
 416 // scroll line size
 417 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 418 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 419 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 420 //
 421 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 422 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 423 //       -- Robin
 424 //
 425 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 426 //       fixing anyhow
 427 //       -- Vadim
 428 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 429 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 430
 431 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 432 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 433 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 434
 435 #if 0
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // private functions
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 441 {
 442     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 443 }
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 446 {
 447     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 448 }
 449 #endif
 450
 451 // ============================================================================
 452 // implementation
 453 // ============================================================================
 454
 455 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 456 // wxGridCellEditor
 457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 458
 459 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 460 {
 461     m_control = NULL;
 462     m_attr = NULL;
 463 }
 464
 465 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 466 {
 467     Destroy();
 468 }
 469
 470 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 471                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 472                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 473 {
 474     if ( evtHandler )
 475         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 476 }
 477
 478 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 479                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 480 {
 481     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 482     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 483     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 484     if (gridWindow)
 485         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 486
 487     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 488     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 489     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 490
 491     // redraw the control we just painted over
 492     m_control->Refresh();
 493 }
 494
 495 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 496 {
 497     if (m_control)
 498     {
 499         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 500
 501         m_control->Destroy();
 502         m_control = NULL;
 503     }
 504 }
 505
 506 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 509
 510     m_control->Show(show);
 511
 512     if ( show )
 513     {
 514         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 515         if ( attr )
 516         {
 517             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 518             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 519
 520             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 521             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 522
 523 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 524 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 525             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 526             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 527 #endif
 528
 529             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 530             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 531         }
 532     }
 533     else
 534     {
 535         // restore the standard colours fonts
 536         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 537         {
 538             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 539             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 540         }
 541
 542         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 543         {
 544             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 545             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 546         }
 547
 548 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 549 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 550         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 551         {
 552             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 553             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 554         }
 555 #endif
 556     }
 557 }
 558
 559 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 560 {
 561     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 562
 563     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 567 {
 568     event.Skip();
 569 }
 570
 571 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 574     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 575
 576 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 577     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 578     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 579     alt = event.MetaDown();
 580 #endif
 581
 582     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 583     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 584     // through in that case.
 585     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 586         return false;
 587
 588     int key = 0;
 589     bool keyOk = true;
 590
 591 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 592     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 593     // editor.
 594     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 595         return false;
 596 #endif
 597 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 598     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 599     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 600     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 601     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 602     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 603     if (key <= 127)
 604     {
 605         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 606         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 607     }
 608 #else
 609     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 610     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 611 #endif
 612
 613     return keyOk;
 614 }
 615
 616 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 617 {
 618     event.Skip();
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 622 {
 623 }
 624
 625 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 626
 627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 628 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 630
 631 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 632 {
 633     m_maxChars = 0;
 634 }
 635
 636 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 637                                   wxWindowID id,
 638                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 639 {
 640     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 644                                     wxWindowID id,
 645                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 646                                     long style)
 647 {
 648     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 649              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 650              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 651              wxNO_BORDER;
 652
 653     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 654                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 655                                style);
 656
 657     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 658     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 659     {
 660         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 661     }
 662
 663     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 664 }
 665
 666 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 667                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 668 {
 669     // as we fill the entire client area,
 670     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 671 }
 672
 673 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 674 {
 675     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 676
 677     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 678     //
 679     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 680     //
 681 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 682     if (rect.x != 0)
 683     {
 684         rect.x += 1;
 685         rect.y += 1;
 686         rect.width -= 1;
 687         rect.height -= 1;
 688     }
 689 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 690     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 691         rect.x += 2;
 692     else
 693         rect.x += 3;
 694
 695     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 696         rect.y += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.y += 3;
 699
 700     rect.width -= 2;
 701     rect.height -= 2;
 702 #else
 703     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 704     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 705
 706     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 707         extra_x *= 2;
 708         extra_y *= 2;
 709     #endif
 710
 711     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 712     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 713     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 714     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 715 #endif
 716
 717     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 718 }
 719
 720 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 721 {
 722     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 723
 724     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 725
 726     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 727 }
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 730 {
 731     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 732     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 733     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 734     Text()->SetFocus();
 735 }
 736
 737 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 738 {
 739     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 740
 741     bool changed = false;
 742     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 743     if (value != m_startValue)
 744         changed = true;
 745
 746     if (changed)
 747         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 748
 749     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 750
 751     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 752     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 753
 754     return changed;
 755 }
 756
 757 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 758 {
 759     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 760
 761     DoReset(m_startValue);
 762 }
 763
 764 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 765 {
 766     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 767     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 768 }
 769
 770 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 771 {
 772     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 773 }
 774
 775 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 778     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 779     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 780     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 781
 782     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 783     wxChar ch;
 784     long pos;
 785
 786 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 787     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 788     if (ch <= 127)
 789         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 790 #else
 791     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 792 #endif
 793
 794     switch (ch)
 795     {
 796         case WXK_DELETE:
 797             // delete the character at the cursor
 798             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 799             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 800                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 801             break;
 802
 803         case WXK_BACK:
 804             // delete the character before the cursor
 805             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 806             if (pos > 0)
 807                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 808             break;
 809
 810         default:
 811             tc->WriteText(ch);
 812             break;
 813     }
 814 }
 815
 816 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 817                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 818 {
 819 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 820     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 821     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 822     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 823     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 824     Text()->SetValue(s);
 825     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 826 #else
 827     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 828     //
 829     event.Skip();
 830 #endif
 831 }
 832
 833 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 834 {
 835     if ( !params )
 836     {
 837         // reset to default
 838         m_maxChars = 0;
 839     }
 840     else
 841     {
 842         long tmp;
 843         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 844         {
 845             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 846         }
 847         else
 848         {
 849             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 850         }
 851     }
 852 }
 853
 854 // return the value in the text control
 855 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 856 {
 857     return Text()->GetValue();
 858 }
 859
 860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 861 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 863
 864 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 865 {
 866     m_min = min;
 867     m_max = max;
 868 }
 869
 870 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 871                                     wxWindowID id,
 872                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 873 {
 874 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 875     if ( HasRange() )
 876     {
 877         // create a spin ctrl
 878         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 879                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 880                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 881                                    m_min, m_max);
 882
 883         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 884     }
 885     else
 886 #endif
 887     {
 888         // just a text control
 889         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 890
 891 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 892         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 893 #endif
 894     }
 895 }
 896
 897 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 898 {
 899     // first get the value
 900     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 901     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 902     {
 903         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 904     }
 905     else
 906     {
 907         m_valueOld = 0;
 908         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 909         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 910         {
 911             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 912             return;
 913         }
 914     }
 915
 916 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 917     if ( HasRange() )
 918     {
 919         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 920         Spin()->SetFocus();
 921     }
 922     else
 923 #endif
 924     {
 925         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 926     }
 927 }
 928
 929 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 930                                      wxGrid* grid)
 931 {
 932     bool changed;
 933     long value = 0;
 934     wxString text;
 935
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 940         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 941         if (changed)
 942             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 943     }
 944     else
 945 #endif
 946     {
 947         text = Text()->GetValue();
 948         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 949     }
 950
 951     if ( changed )
 952     {
 953         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 954             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 955         else
 956             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 957     }
 958
 959     return changed;
 960 }
 961
 962 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 963 {
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     if ( HasRange() )
 966     {
 967         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 968     }
 969     else
 970 #endif
 971     {
 972         DoReset(GetString());
 973     }
 974 }
 975
 976 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 977 {
 978     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 979     {
 980         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 981         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 982              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 983         {
 984             return true;
 985         }
 986     }
 987
 988     return false;
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 992 {
 993     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 994     if ( !HasRange() )
 995     {
 996         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 997         {
 998             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 999
1000             // skip Skip() below
1001             return;
1002         }
1003     }
1004 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1005     else
1006     {
1007         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1008         {
1009             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1010             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1011             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1012             return;
1013         }
1014     }
1015 #endif
1016
1017     event.Skip();
1018 }
1019
1020 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1021 {
1022     if ( !params )
1023     {
1024         // reset to default
1025         m_min =
1026         m_max = -1;
1027     }
1028     else
1029     {
1030         long tmp;
1031         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1032         {
1033             m_min = (int)tmp;
1034
1035             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1036             {
1037                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1038
1039                 // skip the error message below
1040                 return;
1041             }
1042         }
1043
1044         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1045     }
1046 }
1047
1048 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1049 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1050 {
1051     wxString s;
1052
1053 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1054     if ( HasRange() )
1055     {
1056         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1057         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1058     }
1059     else
1060 #endif
1061     {
1062         s = Text()->GetValue();
1063     }
1064
1065     return s;
1066 }
1067
1068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1069 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1070 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1071
1072 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1073 {
1074     m_width = width;
1075     m_precision = precision;
1076 }
1077
1078 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1079                                    wxWindowID id,
1080                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1081 {
1082     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1083
1084 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1085     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1086 #endif
1087 }
1088
1089 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1090 {
1091     // first get the value
1092     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1093     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1094     {
1095         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1096     }
1097     else
1098     {
1099         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1100         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1101         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1102         {
1103             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1104             return;
1105         }
1106     }
1107
1108     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1109 }
1110
1111 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1112                                      wxGrid* grid)
1113 {
1114     double value = 0.0;
1115     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1116
1117     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1118             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1119     {
1120         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1121             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1122         else
1123             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1124
1125         return true;
1126     }
1127
1128     return false;
1129 }
1130
1131 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1132 {
1133     DoReset(GetString());
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1137 {
1138     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1139     char tmpbuf[2];
1140     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1141     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1142     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1143
1144 #if wxUSE_INTL
1145     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1146        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1147 #else
1148     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1149 #endif
1150
1151     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1152          || is_decimal_point )
1153     {
1154         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1155
1156         // skip Skip() below
1157         return;
1158     }
1159
1160     event.Skip();
1161 }
1162
1163 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1164 {
1165     if ( !params )
1166     {
1167         // reset to default
1168         m_width =
1169         m_precision = -1;
1170     }
1171     else
1172     {
1173         long tmp;
1174         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1175         {
1176             m_width = (int)tmp;
1177
1178             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1179             {
1180                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1181
1182                 // skip the error message below
1183                 return;
1184             }
1185         }
1186
1187         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1188     }
1189 }
1190
1191 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1192 {
1193     wxString fmt;
1194     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1195     {
1196         // default precision
1197         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1198     }
1199     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1200     {
1201         // default width
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1205     {
1206         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1207     }
1208     else
1209     {
1210         // default width/precision
1211         fmt = _T("%f");
1212     }
1213
1214     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1215 }
1216
1217 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1218 {
1219     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1220     {
1221         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1222         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1223         {
1224             char tmpbuf[2];
1225             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1226             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1227             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1228
1229 #if wxUSE_INTL
1230             const wxString decimalPoint =
1231                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1232 #else
1233             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1234 #endif
1235
1236             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1237             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1238                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1239                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1240                             keycode == '+' ||
1241                                 keycode == '-' )
1242             {
1243                 return true;
1244             }
1245         }
1246     }
1247
1248     return false;
1249 }
1250
1251 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1252
1253 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1254
1255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1256 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1258
1259 // the default values for GetValue()
1260 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1261
1262 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1263                                   wxWindowID id,
1264                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1265 {
1266     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1267                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1268                                wxNO_BORDER);
1269
1270     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1271 }
1272
1273 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1274 {
1275     bool resize = false;
1276     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1277     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1278
1279     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1280     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1281     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1282     {
1283         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1284         size = sizeBest;
1285
1286         resize = true;
1287     }
1288
1289     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1290     {
1291         // leave 1 pixel margin
1292         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1293
1294         resize = true;
1295     }
1296
1297     if ( resize )
1298     {
1299         m_control->SetSize(size);
1300     }
1301
1302     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1303
1304 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1305     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1306     // so shift it to the right
1307     size.x -= 8;
1308 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1309     // here too, but in other way
1310     size.x += 1;
1311     size.y -= 2;
1312 #endif
1313
1314     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1315     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1316     if (GetCellAttr())
1317         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1318
1319     int x = 0, y = 0;
1320     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1321     {
1322         x = r.x + 2;
1323
1324 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1325         x += 2;
1326 #endif
1327
1328         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1329     }
1330     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1331     {
1332         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340
1341     m_control->Move(x, y);
1342 }
1343
1344 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1345 {
1346     m_control->Show(show);
1347
1348     if ( show )
1349     {
1350         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1351         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1352     }
1353 }
1354
1355 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1356 {
1357     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1358                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1359
1360     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1361     {
1362         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1363     }
1364     else
1365     {
1366         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1367
1368         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1369             m_startValue = false;
1370         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1371             m_startValue = true;
1372         else
1373         {
1374             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1375             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1376             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1377             // know about it
1378             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1379         }
1380     }
1381
1382     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1383     CBox()->SetFocus();
1384 }
1385
1386 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1387                                    wxGrid* grid)
1388 {
1389     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1390                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1391
1392     bool changed = false;
1393     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1394     if ( value != m_startValue )
1395         changed = true;
1396
1397     if ( changed )
1398     {
1399         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1400         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1401             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1402         else
1403             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1404     }
1405
1406     return changed;
1407 }
1408
1409 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1410 {
1411     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1412                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1413
1414     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1415 }
1416
1417 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1418 {
1419     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1420 }
1421
1422 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1423 {
1424     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1425     {
1426         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1427         switch ( keycode )
1428         {
1429             case WXK_SPACE:
1430             case '+':
1431             case '-':
1432                 return true;
1433         }
1434     }
1435
1436     return false;
1437 }
1438
1439 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1440 {
1441     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1442     switch ( keycode )
1443     {
1444         case WXK_SPACE:
1445             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1446             break;
1447
1448         case '+':
1449             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1450             break;
1451
1452         case '-':
1453             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1454             break;
1455     }
1456 }
1457
1458 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1459 {
1460   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1461 }
1462
1463 /* static */ void
1464 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1465                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1466 {
1467     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1468     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* static */ bool
1472 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1473 {
1474     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1475 }
1476
1477 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1478
1479 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1480
1481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1482 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1484
1485 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1486                                                bool allowOthers)
1487     : m_choices(choices),
1488       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1491                                                const wxString choices[],
1492                                                bool allowOthers)
1493                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1494 {
1495     if ( count )
1496     {
1497         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1498         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1499         {
1500             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1501         }
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1506 {
1507     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1508     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1509     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1510
1511     return editor;
1512 }
1513
1514 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1515                                     wxWindowID id,
1516                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1517 {
1518     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1519                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1520                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1521
1522     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1523         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1524     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1525                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1526                                m_choices,
1527                                style);
1528
1529     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1530 }
1531
1532 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1533                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1534 {
1535     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1536     // flicker
1537
1538     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1539     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1540     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1541     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1542 }
1543
1544 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1545 {
1546     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1547                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1548
1549     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1550     if (m_control)
1551         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1552
1553     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1554     if (evtHandler)
1555         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1556
1557     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1558
1559     if (m_allowOthers)
1560     {
1561         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1562         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1563     }
1564     else // the combobox is read-only
1565     {
1566         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1567         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1568         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1569             pos = 0;
1570         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1571     }
1572
1573     Combo()->SetFocus();
1574
1575     if (evtHandler)
1576     {
1577         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1578         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1579 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1580         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1581 #endif
1582     }
1583 }
1584
1585 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1586                                      wxGrid* grid)
1587 {
1588     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1589     if ( value == m_startValue )
1590         return false;
1591
1592     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1593
1594     return true;
1595 }
1596
1597 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1598 {
1599     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1600     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1601 }
1602
1603 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1604 {
1605     if ( !params )
1606     {
1607         // what can we do?
1608         return;
1609     }
1610
1611     m_choices.Empty();
1612
1613     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1614     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1615     {
1616         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1617     }
1618 }
1619
1620 // return the value in the text control
1621 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1622 {
1623   return Combo()->GetValue();
1624 }
1625
1626 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1627
1628 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1629 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1630 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1631
1632 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1633 {
1634     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1635     if (m_inSetFocus)
1636         return;
1637
1638     // accept changes
1639     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1640
1641     event.Skip();
1642 }
1643
1644 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1645 {
1646     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1647     {
1648         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1649             m_editor->Reset();
1650             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1651             break;
1652
1653         case WXK_TAB:
1654             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1655             break;
1656
1657         case WXK_RETURN:
1658         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1659             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1660                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1661             break;
1662
1663         default:
1664             event.Skip();
1665             break;
1666     }
1667 }
1668
1669 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1670 {
1671     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1672     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1673     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1674     int cw, ch;
1675     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1676
1677     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1678     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1679
1680     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1681     {
1682         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1683         case WXK_TAB:
1684         case WXK_RETURN:
1685         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1686             break;
1687
1688         case WXK_HOME:
1689         {
1690             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1691             {
1692                 // no special processing needed...
1693                 event.Skip();
1694                 break;
1695             }
1696
1697             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1698
1699             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1700             int colXPos = 0;
1701             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1702             {
1703                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1704             }
1705
1706             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1707             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1708             if (col != 0)
1709             {
1710                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1711             }
1712             else
1713             {
1714                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1715             }
1716             event.Skip();
1717             break;
1718         }
1719
1720         case WXK_END:
1721         {
1722             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1723             {
1724                 // no special processing needed...
1725                 event.Skip();
1726                 break;
1727             }
1728
1729             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1730
1731             int textWidth = 0;
1732             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1733             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1734             {
1735                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1736                 int y;
1737                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1738                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1739
1740                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1741                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1742
1743                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1744                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1745                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1746                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1747                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1748                 {
1749                     textWidth = 0;
1750                 }
1751             }
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1761             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1762             colXPos += textWidth;
1763
1764             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1765             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1766             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1767             event.Skip();
1768             break;
1769         }
1770
1771         default:
1772             event.Skip();
1773             break;
1774     }
1775 }
1776
1777 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1778 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1779 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1780 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1781
1782 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1783 {
1784     // nothing to do
1785 }
1786
1787 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1788 {
1789 }
1790
1791 // ============================================================================
1792 // renderer classes
1793 // ============================================================================
1794
1795 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1796 // wxGridCellRenderer
1797 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1798
1799 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1800                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1801                               wxDC& dc,
1802                               const wxRect& rect,
1803                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1804                               bool isSelected)
1805 {
1806     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1807
1808     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1809     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1810     {
1811         if ( isSelected )
1812         {
1813             wxColour clr;
1814             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1815                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1816             else
1817                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1819         }
1820         else
1821         {
1822             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1823         }
1824     }
1825     else
1826     {
1827         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1828     }
1829
1830     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1831     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1832 }
1833
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1837
1838 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1839                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1840                                                      wxDC& dc,
1841                                                      bool isSelected)
1842 {
1843     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1844
1845     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1846
1847     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1848     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1849     {
1850         if ( isSelected )
1851         {
1852             wxColour clr;
1853             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1854                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1855             else
1856                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1857             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1858             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1859         }
1860         else
1861         {
1862             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1863             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1864         }
1865     }
1866     else
1867     {
1868         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1869         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1870     }
1871
1872     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1873 }
1874
1875 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1876                                                wxDC& dc,
1877                                                const wxString& text)
1878 {
1879     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1880     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1881     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1882     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1883     {
1884         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1885         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1886     }
1887
1888     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1889
1890     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1891 }
1892
1893 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1894                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1895                                              wxDC& dc,
1896                                              int row, int col)
1897 {
1898     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1899 }
1900
1901 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1902                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1903                                     wxDC& dc,
1904                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1905                                     int row, int col,
1906                                     bool isSelected)
1907 {
1908     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1909     rect.Inflate(-1);
1910
1911     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1912     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1913
1914     int hAlign, vAlign;
1915     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1916
1917     int overflowCols = 0;
1918
1919     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1920     {
1921         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1922         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1923         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1924         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1925         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1926         {
1927             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1928             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1929             {
1930                 bool is_empty = true;
1931                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1932                 {
1933                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1934                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1935                     if (c_rows > 0)
1936                         c_rows = 0;
1937                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1938                     {
1939                         is_empty = false;
1940                         break;
1941                     }
1942                 }
1943
1944                 if (is_empty)
1945                 {
1946                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1947                 }
1948                 else
1949                 {
1950                     i--;
1951                     break;
1952                 }
1953
1954                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1955                     break;
1956             }
1957
1958             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1959             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1960                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1961         }
1962
1963         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1964         {
1965             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1966             wxRect clip = rect;
1967             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1968             // draw each overflow cell individually
1969             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1970             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1971                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1972             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1973             {
1974                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1975                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1976                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1977
1978                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1979                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1980
1981                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1982                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1983                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1984             }
1985
1986             rect = rectCell;
1987             rect.Inflate(-1);
1988             rect.width++;
1989             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1990         }
1991     }
1992
1993     // now we only have to draw the text
1994     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1995
1996     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1997                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1998 }
1999
2000 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2002 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2003
2004 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2005 {
2006     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2007     wxString text;
2008     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2009     {
2010         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2011     }
2012     else
2013     {
2014         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2015     }
2016
2017     return text;
2018 }
2019
2020 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2021                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2022                                     wxDC& dc,
2023                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2024                                     int row, int col,
2025                                     bool isSelected)
2026 {
2027     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2028
2029     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2030
2031     // draw the text right aligned by default
2032     int hAlign, vAlign;
2033     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2034     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2035
2036     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2037     rect.Inflate(-1);
2038
2039     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2040 }
2041
2042 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2043                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2044                                              wxDC& dc,
2045                                              int row, int col)
2046 {
2047     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2048 }
2049
2050 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2051 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2052 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2053
2054 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2055 {
2056     SetWidth(width);
2057     SetPrecision(precision);
2058 }
2059
2060 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2061 {
2062     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2063     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2064     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2065     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2066
2067     return renderer;
2068 }
2069
2070 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2071 {
2072     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2073
2074     bool hasDouble;
2075     double val;
2076     wxString text;
2077     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2078     {
2079         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2080         hasDouble = true;
2081     }
2082     else
2083     {
2084         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2085         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2086     }
2087
2088     if ( hasDouble )
2089     {
2090         if ( !m_format )
2091         {
2092             if ( m_width == -1 )
2093             {
2094                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2095                 {
2096                     // default width/precision
2097                     m_format = _T("%f");
2098                 }
2099                 else
2100                 {
2101                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2102                 }
2103             }
2104             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2105             {
2106                 // default precision
2107                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2108             }
2109             else
2110             {
2111                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2112             }
2113         }
2114
2115         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2116
2117     }
2118     //else: text already contains the string
2119
2120     return text;
2121 }
2122
2123 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2124                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2125                                    wxDC& dc,
2126                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2127                                    int row, int col,
2128                                    bool isSelected)
2129 {
2130     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2131
2132     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2133
2134     // draw the text right aligned by default
2135     int hAlign, vAlign;
2136     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2137     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2138
2139     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2140     rect.Inflate(-1);
2141
2142     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2143 }
2144
2145 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2146                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2147                                             wxDC& dc,
2148                                             int row, int col)
2149 {
2150     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2151 }
2152
2153 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2154 {
2155     if ( !params )
2156     {
2157         // reset to defaults
2158         SetWidth(-1);
2159         SetPrecision(-1);
2160     }
2161     else
2162     {
2163         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2164         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2165         {
2166             long width;
2167             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2168             {
2169                 SetWidth((int)width);
2170             }
2171             else
2172             {
2173                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2174             }
2175         }
2176
2177         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2178         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2179         {
2180             long precision;
2181             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2182             {
2183                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2184             }
2185             else
2186             {
2187                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2188             }
2189         }
2190     }
2191 }
2192
2193 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2194 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2195 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2196
2197 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2198
2199 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2200
2201 // between checkmark and box
2202 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2203
2204 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2205                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2206                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2207                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2208                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2209 {
2210     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2211     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2212     {
2213         // get checkbox size
2214         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2215         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2216         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2217
2218 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2219         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2220 #endif
2221
2222         delete checkbox;
2223
2224         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2225     }
2226
2227     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2228 }
2229
2230 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2231                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2232                                   wxDC& dc,
2233                                   const wxRect& rect,
2234                                   int row, int col,
2235                                   bool isSelected)
2236 {
2237     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2238
2239     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2240     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2241
2242     // don't draw outside the cell
2243     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2244     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2245     {
2246         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2247         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2248     }
2249
2250     // draw a border around checkmark
2251     int vAlign, hAlign;
2252     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2253
2254     wxRect rectBorder;
2255     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2256     {
2257         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2258         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2259         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2260         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2261     }
2262     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2263     {
2264         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2265         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2266         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2267         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2268     }
2269     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2270     {
2271         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2272         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2273         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2274         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2275     }
2276
2277     bool value;
2278     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2279     {
2280         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2281     }
2282     else
2283     {
2284         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2285         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2286     }
2287
2288     int flags = 0;
2289     if (value)
2290         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2291
2292     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2293 }
2294
2295 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2296 // wxGridCellAttr
2297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2298
2299 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2300 {
2301     m_nRef = 1;
2302
2303     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2304
2305     m_renderer = NULL;
2306     m_editor = NULL;
2307
2308     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2309
2310     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2311     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2312
2313     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2314 }
2315
2316 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2317 {
2318     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2319
2320     if ( HasTextColour() )
2321         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2322     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2323         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2324     if ( HasFont() )
2325         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2326     if ( HasAlignment() )
2327         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2328
2329     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2330
2331     if ( m_renderer )
2332     {
2333         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2334         m_renderer->IncRef();
2335     }
2336     if ( m_editor )
2337     {
2338         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2339         m_editor->IncRef();
2340     }
2341
2342     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2343         attr->SetReadOnly();
2344
2345     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2346     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2347
2348     return attr;
2349 }
2350
2351 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2352 {
2353     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2354         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2355     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2356         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2357     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2358         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2359     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2360     {
2361         int hAlign, vAlign;
2362         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2363         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2364     }
2365     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2366         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2367
2368     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2369     // m_renderer/m_editor
2370     //
2371     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2372     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2373     {
2374         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2375         m_renderer->IncRef();
2376     }
2377     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2378     {
2379         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2380         m_editor->IncRef();
2381     }
2382     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2383         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2384
2385     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2386         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2387
2388     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2389 }
2390
2391 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2392 {
2393     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2394
2395     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2396     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2397     // set to negative or zero values such that
2398     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2399     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2400
2401     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2402
2403     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2404                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2405                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2406                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2407
2408     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2409     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2410 }
2411
2412 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2413 {
2414     if (HasTextColour())
2415     {
2416         return m_colText;
2417     }
2418     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2419     {
2420         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2421     }
2422     else
2423     {
2424         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2425         return wxNullColour;
2426     }
2427 }
2428
2429 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2430 {
2431     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2432     {
2433         return m_colBack;
2434     }
2435     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2436     {
2437         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2438     }
2439     else
2440     {
2441         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2442         return wxNullColour;
2443     }
2444 }
2445
2446 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2447 {
2448     if (HasFont())
2449     {
2450         return m_font;
2451     }
2452     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2453     {
2454         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2455     }
2456     else
2457     {
2458         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2459         return wxNullFont;
2460     }
2461 }
2462
2463 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2464 {
2465     if (HasAlignment())
2466     {
2467         if ( hAlign )
2468             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2469         if ( vAlign )
2470             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479     }
2480 }
2481
2482 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2483 {
2484     if ( num_rows )
2485         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2486     if ( num_cols )
2487         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2488 }
2489
2490 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2491 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2492 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2493 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2494 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2495 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2496
2497 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2498 {
2499     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2500
2501     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2502     {
2503         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2504         renderer = m_renderer;
2505         renderer->IncRef();
2506     }
2507     else // no non-default cell renderer
2508     {
2509         // get default renderer for the data type
2510         if ( grid )
2511         {
2512             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2513             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2514         }
2515
2516         if ( renderer == NULL )
2517         {
2518             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2519             {
2520                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2521                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2522                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2523             }
2524             else // default grid attr
2525             {
2526                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2527                 renderer = m_renderer;
2528                 if ( renderer )
2529                     renderer->IncRef();
2530             }
2531         }
2532     }
2533
2534     // we're supposed to always find something
2535     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2536
2537     return renderer;
2538 }
2539
2540 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2541 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2542 {
2543     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2544
2545     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2546     {
2547         // use the cells editor if it has one
2548         editor = m_editor;
2549         editor->IncRef();
2550     }
2551     else // no non default cell editor
2552     {
2553         // get default editor for the data type
2554         if ( grid )
2555         {
2556             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2557             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2558         }
2559
2560         if ( editor == NULL )
2561         {
2562             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2563             {
2564                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2565                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2566                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2567             }
2568             else // default grid attr
2569             {
2570                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2571                 editor = m_editor;
2572                 if ( editor )
2573                     editor->IncRef();
2574             }
2575         }
2576     }
2577
2578     // we're supposed to always find something
2579     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2580
2581     return editor;
2582 }
2583
2584 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2585 // wxGridCellAttrData
2586 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2587
2588 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2589 {
2590     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2591     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2592     {
2593         if ( attr )
2594         {
2595             // add the attribute
2596             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2597         }
2598         //else: nothing to do
2599     }
2600     else
2601     {
2602         // free the old attribute
2603         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2604
2605         if ( attr )
2606         {
2607             // change the attribute
2608             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2609         }
2610         else
2611         {
2612             // remove this attribute
2613             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2614         }
2615     }
2616 }
2617
2618 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2619 {
2620     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2621
2622     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2623     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2624     {
2625         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2626         attr->IncRef();
2627     }
2628
2629     return attr;
2630 }
2631
2632 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2633 {
2634     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2635     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2636     {
2637         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2638         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2639         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2640         {
2641             if (numRows > 0)
2642             {
2643                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2644                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2645             }
2646             else if (numRows < 0)
2647             {
2648                 // If rows deleted ...
2649                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2650                 {
2651                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2652                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2653                 }
2654                 else
2655                 {
2656                     // ...or remove the attribute
2657                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2658                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2659                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2660                     n--;
2661                     count--;
2662                 }
2663             }
2664         }
2665     }
2666 }
2667
2668 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2669 {
2670     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2671     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2672     {
2673         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2674         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2675         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2676         {
2677             if ( numCols > 0 )
2678             {
2679                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2680                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2681             }
2682             else if (numCols < 0)
2683             {
2684                 // If rows deleted ...
2685                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2686                 {
2687                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2688                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2689                 }
2690                 else
2691                 {
2692                     // ...or remove the attribute
2693                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2694                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2695                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2696                     n--;
2697                     count--;
2698                 }
2699             }
2700         }
2701     }
2702 }
2703
2704 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2705 {
2706     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2707     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2708     {
2709         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2710         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2711         {
2712             return n;
2713         }
2714     }
2715
2716     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2717 }
2718
2719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2720 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2722
2723 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2724 {
2725     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2726     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2727     {
2728         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2729     }
2730 }
2731
2732 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2733 {
2734     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2735
2736     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2737     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2738     {
2739         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2740         attr->IncRef();
2741     }
2742
2743     return attr;
2744 }
2745
2746 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2747 {
2748     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2749     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2750     {
2751         if ( attr )
2752         {
2753             // add the attribute
2754             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2755             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2756         }
2757         // nothing to remove
2758     }
2759     else
2760     {
2761         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2762         if ( attr )
2763         {
2764             // change the attribute
2765             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2766             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2767         }
2768         else
2769         {
2770             // remove this attribute
2771             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2772             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2773             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2774         }
2775     }
2776 }
2777
2778 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2779 {
2780     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2781     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2782     {
2783         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2784         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2785         {
2786             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2787             {
2788                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2789                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2790             }
2791             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2792             {
2793                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2794                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2795                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2796                 else
2797                 {
2798                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2799                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2800                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2801                     n--;
2802                     count--;
2803                 }
2804             }
2805         }
2806     }
2807 }
2808
2809 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2810 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2811 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2812
2813 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2814 {
2815     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2816 }
2817
2818 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2819 {
2820     delete m_data;
2821 }
2822
2823 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2824 {
2825     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2826 }
2827
2828 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2829                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2830 {
2831     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2832     if ( m_data )
2833     {
2834         switch (kind)
2835         {
2836             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2837                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2838                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2839                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2840                 if (!attr)
2841                 {
2842                     // Basically implement old version.
2843                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2844                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2845                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2846                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2847
2848                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2849                     {
2850                         // Two or more are non NULL
2851                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2852                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2853
2854                         // Order is important..
2855                         if (attrcell)
2856                         {
2857                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2858                             attrcell->DecRef();
2859                         }
2860                         if (attrcol)
2861                         {
2862                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2863                             attrcol->DecRef();
2864                         }
2865                         if (attrrow)
2866                         {
2867                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2868                             attrrow->DecRef();
2869                         }
2870
2871                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2872                         //attr->IncRef();
2873                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2874                     }
2875                     else
2876                     {
2877                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2878                         if (attrrow)
2879                             attr = attrrow;
2880                         if (attrcol)
2881                         {
2882                             if (attr)
2883                                 attr->DecRef();
2884                             attr = attrcol;
2885                         }
2886                         if (attrcell)
2887                         {
2888                             if (attr)
2889                                 attr->DecRef();
2890                             attr = attrcell;
2891                         }
2892                     }
2893                 }
2894                 break;
2895
2896             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2897                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2898                 break;
2899
2900             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2901                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2902                 break;
2903
2904             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2905                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2906                 break;
2907
2908             default:
2909                 // unused as yet...
2910                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2911                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2912                 break;
2913         }
2914     }
2915
2916     return attr;
2917 }
2918
2919 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2920                                      int row, int col)
2921 {
2922     if ( !m_data )
2923         InitData();
2924
2925     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2926 }
2927
2928 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2929 {
2930     if ( !m_data )
2931         InitData();
2932
2933     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2934 }
2935
2936 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2937 {
2938     if ( !m_data )
2939         InitData();
2940
2941     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2942 }
2943
2944 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2945 {
2946     if ( m_data )
2947     {
2948         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2949
2950         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2951     }
2952 }
2953
2954 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2955 {
2956     if ( m_data )
2957     {
2958         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2959
2960         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2961     }
2962 }
2963
2964 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2965 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2966 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2967
2968 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2969 {
2970     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2971     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2972         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2973 }
2974
2975 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2976                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2977                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2978 {
2979     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2980
2981     // is it already registered?
2982     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2983     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2984     {
2985         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2986         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2987     }
2988     else
2989     {
2990         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2991     }
2992 }
2993
2994 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2995 {
2996     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2997     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2998     {
2999         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3000         {
3001             return i;
3002         }
3003     }
3004
3005     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3006 }
3007
3008 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3009 {
3010     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3011     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3012     {
3013         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3014         // register it "on the fly"
3015 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3016         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3017         {
3018             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3019                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3020                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3021         }
3022         else
3023 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3024 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3025         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3026         {
3027             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3028                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3029                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3030         }
3031         else
3032 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3033 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3034         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3035         {
3036             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3037                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3038                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3039         }
3040         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3041         {
3042             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3043                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3044                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3045         }
3046         else
3047 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3048 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3049         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3050         {
3051             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3052                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3053                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3054         }
3055         else
3056 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3057         {
3058             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3059         }
3060
3061         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3062         // the last index
3063         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3064     }
3065
3066     return index;
3067 }
3068
3069 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3070 {
3071     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3072     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3073     {
3074         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3075         // are the parameters for the renderer
3076         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3077         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3078         {
3079             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3080         }
3081
3082         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3083         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3084         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3085         rendererOld->DecRef();
3086
3087         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3088         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3089         editor = editor->Clone();
3090         editorOld->DecRef();
3091
3092         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3093         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3094         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3095         editor->SetParameters(params);
3096
3097         // register the new typename
3098         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3099
3100         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3101         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3102     }
3103
3104     return index;
3105 }
3106
3107 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3108 {
3109     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3110     if (renderer)
3111         renderer->IncRef();
3112
3113     return renderer;
3114 }
3115
3116 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3117 {
3118     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3119     if (editor)
3120         editor->IncRef();
3121
3122     return editor;
3123 }
3124
3125 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3126 // wxGridTableBase
3127 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3128
3129 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3130
3131 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3132 {
3133     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3134     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3135 }
3136
3137 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3138 {
3139     delete m_attrProvider;
3140 }
3141
3142 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3143 {
3144     delete m_attrProvider;
3145     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3146 }
3147
3148 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3149 {
3150     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3151     {
3152         // use the default attr provider by default
3153         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3154     }
3155
3156     return true;
3157 }
3158
3159 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3160 {
3161     if ( m_attrProvider )
3162         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3163     else
3164         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3165 }
3166
3167 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3168 {
3169     if ( m_attrProvider )
3170     {
3171         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3172         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3173     }
3174     else
3175     {
3176         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3177         // free it now
3178         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3179     }
3180 }
3181
3182 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3183 {
3184     if ( m_attrProvider )
3185     {
3186         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3187         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3188     }
3189     else
3190     {
3191         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3192         // free it now
3193         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3194     }
3195 }
3196
3197 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3198 {
3199     if ( m_attrProvider )
3200     {
3201         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3202         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3203     }
3204     else
3205     {
3206         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3207         // free it now
3208         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3209     }
3210 }
3211
3212 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3213                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3214 {
3215     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3216
3217     return false;
3218 }
3219
3220 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3221 {
3222     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3223
3224     return false;
3225 }
3226
3227 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3228                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3229 {
3230     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3231
3232     return false;
3233 }
3234
3235 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3236                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3237 {
3238     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3239
3240     return false;
3241 }
3242
3243 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3244 {
3245     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3246
3247     return false;
3248 }
3249
3250 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3251                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3252 {
3253     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3254
3255     return false;
3256 }
3257
3258 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3259 {
3260     wxString s;
3261
3262     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3263     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3264     s << row + 1;
3265
3266     return s;
3267 }
3268
3269 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3270 {
3271     // default col labels are:
3272     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3273     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3274     //   etc.
3275
3276     wxString s;
3277     unsigned int i, n;
3278     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3279     {
3280         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3281         col = col / 26 - 1;
3282         if ( col < 0 )
3283             break;
3284     }
3285
3286     // reverse the string...
3287     wxString s2;
3288     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3289     {
3290         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3291     }
3292
3293     return s2;
3294 }
3295
3296 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3297 {
3298     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3299 }
3300
3301 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3302                                      const wxString& typeName )
3303 {
3304     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3305 }
3306
3307 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3308 {
3309     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3310 }
3311
3312 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3313 {
3314     return 0;
3315 }
3316
3317 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3318 {
3319     return 0.0;
3320 }
3321
3322 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3323 {
3324     return false;
3325 }
3326
3327 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3328                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3329 {
3330 }
3331
3332 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3333                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3334 {
3335 }
3336
3337 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3338                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3339 {
3340 }
3341
3342 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3343                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3344 {
3345     return NULL;
3346 }
3347
3348 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3349                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3350                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3351 {
3352 }
3353
3354 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3355 //
3356 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3357 // to the grid view
3358 //
3359
3360 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3361 {
3362     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3363     m_id = -1;
3364     m_comInt1 = -1;
3365     m_comInt2 = -1;
3366 }
3367
3368 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3369                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3370 {
3371     m_table = table;
3372     m_id = id;
3373     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3374     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3375 }
3376
3377 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3378 //
3379 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3380 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3381 //
3382
3383 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3384
3385 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3386
3387 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3388         : wxGridTableBase()
3389 {
3390 }
3391
3392 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3393         : wxGridTableBase()
3394 {
3395     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3396
3397     wxArrayString sa;
3398     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3399     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3400
3401     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3402 }
3403
3404 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3405 {
3406 }
3407
3408 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3409 {
3410     return m_data.GetCount();
3411 }
3412
3413 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3414 {
3415     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3416         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3417     else
3418         return 0;
3419 }
3420
3421 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3422 {
3423     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3424                  wxEmptyString,
3425                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3426
3427     return m_data[row][col];
3428 }
3429
3430 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3431 {
3432     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3433                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3434
3435     m_data[row][col] = value;
3436 }
3437
3438 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3439 {
3440     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3441                  true,
3442                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3443
3444     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3445 }
3446
3447 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3448 {
3449     int row, col;
3450     int numRows, numCols;
3451
3452     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3453     if ( numRows > 0 )
3454     {
3455         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3456
3457         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3458         {
3459             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3460             {
3461                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3462             }
3463         }
3464     }
3465 }
3466
3467 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3468 {
3469     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3470     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3471                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3472
3473     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3474     {
3475         return AppendRows( numRows );
3476     }
3477
3478     wxArrayString sa;
3479     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3480     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3481     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3482
3483     if ( GetView() )
3484     {
3485         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3486                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3487                                 pos,
3488                                 numRows );
3489
3490         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3491     }
3492
3493     return true;
3494 }
3495
3496 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3497 {
3498     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3499     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3500                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3501                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3502
3503     wxArrayString sa;
3504     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3505     {
3506         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3507         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3508     }
3509
3510     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3511
3512     if ( GetView() )
3513     {
3514         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3515                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3516                                 numRows );
3517
3518         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3519     }
3520
3521     return true;
3522 }
3523
3524 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3525 {
3526     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3527
3528     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3529     {
3530         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3531                     (
3532                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3533                         (unsigned long)pos,
3534                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3535                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3536                     ) );
3537
3538         return false;
3539     }
3540
3541     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3542     {
3543         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3544     }
3545
3546     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3547     {
3548         m_data.Clear();
3549     }
3550     else
3551     {
3552         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3553     }
3554
3555     if ( GetView() )
3556     {
3557         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3558                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3559                                 pos,
3560                                 numRows );
3561
3562         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3563     }
3564
3565     return true;
3566 }
3567
3568 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3569 {
3570     size_t row, col;
3571
3572     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3573     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3574                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3575                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3576
3577     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3578     {
3579         return AppendCols( numCols );
3580     }
3581
3582     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3583     {
3584         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3585
3586         size_t i;
3587         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3588             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3589     }
3590
3591     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3592     {
3593         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3594         {
3595             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3596         }
3597     }
3598
3599     if ( GetView() )
3600     {
3601         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3602                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3603                                 pos,
3604                                 numCols );
3605
3606         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3607     }
3608
3609     return true;
3610 }
3611
3612 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3613 {
3614     size_t row;
3615
3616     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3617
3618 #if 0
3619     if ( !curNumRows )
3620     {
3621         // TODO: something better than this ?
3622         //
3623         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3624         return false;
3625     }
3626 #endif
3627
3628     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3629     {
3630         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3631     }
3632
3633     if ( GetView() )
3634     {
3635         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3636                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3637                                 numCols );
3638
3639         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3640     }
3641
3642     return true;
3643 }
3644
3645 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3646 {
3647     size_t row;
3648
3649     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3650     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3651                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3652
3653     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3654     {
3655         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3656                     (
3657                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3658                         (unsigned long)pos,
3659                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3660                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3661                     ) );
3662         return false;
3663     }
3664
3665     int colID;
3666     if ( GetView() )
3667         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3668     else
3669         colID = pos;
3670
3671     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3672     {
3673         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3674     }
3675
3676     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3677     {
3678         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3679         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3680         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3681         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3682         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3683             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3684     }
3685
3686     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3687     {
3688         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3689         {
3690             m_data[row].Clear();
3691         }
3692         else
3693         {
3694             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3695         }
3696     }
3697
3698     if ( GetView() )
3699     {
3700         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3701                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3702                                 pos,
3703                                 numCols );
3704
3705         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3706     }
3707
3708     return true;
3709 }
3710
3711 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3712 {
3713     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3714     {
3715         // using default label
3716         //
3717         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3718     }
3719     else
3720     {
3721         return m_rowLabels[row];
3722     }
3723 }
3724
3725 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3726 {
3727     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3728     {
3729         // using default label
3730         //
3731         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3732     }
3733     else
3734     {
3735         return m_colLabels[col];
3736     }
3737 }
3738
3739 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3740 {
3741     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3742     {
3743         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3744         int i;
3745
3746         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3747         {
3748             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3749         }
3750     }
3751
3752     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3753 }
3754
3755 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3756 {
3757     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3758     {
3759         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3760         int i;
3761
3762         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3763         {
3764             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3765         }
3766     }
3767
3768     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3769 }
3770
3771
3772 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3773 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3774
3775 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3776     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3777 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3778
3779 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3780 {
3781     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3782 }
3783
3784 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3785
3786 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3787     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3788     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3789     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3790 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3791
3792 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3793                                             wxWindowID id,
3794                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3795   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3796 {
3797     m_owner = parent;
3798 }
3799
3800 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3801 {
3802     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3803
3804     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3805     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3806     // set the y coord  - MB
3807     //
3808     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3809
3810     int x, y;
3811     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3812     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3813     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3814
3815     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3816     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3817 }
3818
3819 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3820 {
3821     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3822 }
3823
3824 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3825 {
3826     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3827 }
3828
3829 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3830
3831 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3832
3833 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3834     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3835     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3836     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3837 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3838
3839 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3840                                             wxWindowID id,
3841                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3842   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3843 {
3844     m_owner = parent;
3845 }
3846
3847 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3848 {
3849     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3850
3851     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3852     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3853     // set the x coord  - MB
3854     //
3855     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3856
3857     int x, y;
3858     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3859     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3860     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3861         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3862     else
3863         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3864
3865     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3866     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3867 }
3868
3869 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3870 {
3871     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3872 }
3873
3874 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3875 {
3876     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3877 }
3878
3879 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3880
3881 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3882
3883 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3884     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3885     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3886     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3887 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3888
3889 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3890                                                   wxWindowID id,
3891                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3892   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3893 {
3894     m_owner = parent;
3895 }
3896
3897 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3898 {
3899     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3900
3901     int client_height = 0;
3902     int client_width = 0;
3903     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3904
3905     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3906 #if 0
3907 def __WXGTK__
3908     wxRect rect;
3909     rect.SetX( 1 );
3910     rect.SetY( 1 );
3911     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3912     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3913
3914     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3915 #else // !__WXGTK__
3916     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3917     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3918     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3919     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3920     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3921
3922     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3923     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3924     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3925 #endif
3926 }
3927
3928 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3929 {
3930     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3931 }
3932
3933 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3934 {
3935     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3936 }
3937
3938 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3939
3940 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3941
3942 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3943     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3944     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3945     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3946     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3947     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3948     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3949     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3950     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3951     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3952 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3953
3954 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3955                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3956                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3957                             wxWindowID id,
3958                             const wxPoint &pos,
3959                             const wxSize &size )
3960             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3961                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3962                               wxT("grid window") )
3963 {
3964     m_owner = parent;
3965     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3966     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3967 }
3968
3969 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3970 {
3971     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3972     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3973     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3974     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3975     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3976
3977 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3978     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3979 #endif
3980
3981     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3982     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3983 }
3984
3985 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3986 {
3987     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3988     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3989     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3990 }
3991
3992 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3993 {
3994     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3995         SetFocus();
3996
3997     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3998 }
3999
4000 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4001 {
4002     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4003 }
4004
4005 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4006 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4007 //
4008 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4009 {
4010     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4011         event.Skip();
4012 }
4013
4014 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4015 {
4016     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4017         event.Skip();
4018 }
4019
4020 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4021 {
4022     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4023         event.Skip();
4024 }
4025
4026 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4027 {
4028 }
4029
4030 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4031 {
4032     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4033     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4034     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4035     {
4036         Refresh();
4037     }
4038     else
4039     {
4040         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4041         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4042         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4043         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4044         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4045         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4046
4047         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4048         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4049                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4050         const wxRect cursor =
4051             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4052         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4053     }
4054
4055     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4056         event.Skip();
4057 }
4058
4059 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4060
4061 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4062 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4063 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4064 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4065
4066 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4067
4068 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4069                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4070                            bool clipToMinMax);
4071
4072 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4073 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4074                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4075                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4076
4077 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4078
4079 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4080 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4081
4082 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4083     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4084     // use them for streaming out
4085     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4086     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4087     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4088     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4089     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4090     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4091
4092     // old style border flags
4093     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4094     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4095     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4096     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4097     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4099
4100     // standard window styles
4101     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4102     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4103     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4104     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4105     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4106     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4107     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4108     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4109
4110 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4111
4112 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4113
4114 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4115     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4116     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4117 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4118
4119 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4120 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4121
4122 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4123
4124 /*
4125  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4126 */
4127 #else
4128 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4129 #endif
4130
4131 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4132     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4133     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4134     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4135     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4136     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4137     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4138 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4139
4140 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4141 {
4142     InitVars();
4143 }
4144
4145 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4146                  wxWindowID id,
4147                  const wxPoint& pos,
4148                  const wxSize& size,
4149                  long style,
4150                  const wxString& name )
4151 {
4152     InitVars();
4153     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4154 }
4155
4156 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4157                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4158                           long style, const wxString& name)
4159 {
4160     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4161                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4162         return false;
4163
4164     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4165     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4166
4167     Create();
4168     SetInitialSize(size);
4169     CalcDimensions();
4170
4171     return true;
4172 }
4173
4174 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4175 {
4176     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4177     SetTargetWindow(this);
4178     ClearAttrCache();
4179     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4180
4181 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4182     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4183     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4184                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4185              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4186              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4187 #endif
4188
4189     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4190     // with dangling view pointer
4191     if ( m_ownTable )
4192         delete m_table;
4193     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4194         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4195
4196     delete m_typeRegistry;
4197     delete m_selection;
4198 }
4199
4200 //
4201 // ----- internal init and update functions
4202 //
4203
4204 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4205 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4206 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4207
4208 void wxGrid::Create()
4209 {
4210     // create the type registry
4211     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4212
4213     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4214
4215     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4216
4217     // Set default cell attributes
4218     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4219     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4220     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4221     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4222     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4223     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4224
4225 #if _USE_VISATTR
4226     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4227     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4228
4229     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4230     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4231
4232 #else
4233     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4234         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4235     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4236         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4237 #endif
4238
4239     m_numRows = 0;
4240     m_numCols = 0;
4241     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4242
4243     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4244     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4245
4246     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4247     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4248                                               wxID_ANY,
4249                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4250                                               wxDefaultSize );
4251
4252     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4253                                               wxID_ANY,
4254                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4255                                               wxDefaultSize );
4256
4257     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4258                                                     wxID_ANY,
4259                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4260                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4261
4262     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4263                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4264                                   m_colLabelWin,
4265                                   wxID_ANY,
4266                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4267                                   wxDefaultSize );
4268
4269     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4270
4271 #if _USE_VISATTR
4272     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4273     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4274     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4275     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4276 #else
4277     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4278     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4279     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4280     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4281 #endif
4282
4283     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4284     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4285     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4286     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4287     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4288     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4289
4290     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4291     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4292
4293     Init();
4294 }
4295
4296 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4297                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4298 {
4299     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4300                  false,
4301                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4302
4303     m_numRows = numRows;
4304     m_numCols = numCols;
4305
4306     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4307     m_table->SetView( this );
4308     m_ownTable = true;
4309     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4310
4311     CalcDimensions();
4312
4313     m_created = true;
4314
4315     return m_created;
4316 }
4317
4318 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4319 {
4320     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4321                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4322
4323     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4324 }
4325
4326 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4327 {
4328     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4329                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4330
4331     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4332 }
4333
4334 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4335                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4336 {
4337     bool checkSelection = false;
4338     if ( m_created )
4339     {
4340         // stop all processing
4341         m_created = false;
4342
4343         if (m_table)
4344         {
4345             m_table->SetView(0);
4346             if( m_ownTable )
4347                 delete m_table;
4348             m_table = NULL;
4349         }
4350
4351         delete m_selection;
4352         m_selection = NULL;
4353
4354         m_ownTable = false;
4355         m_numRows = 0;
4356         m_numCols = 0;
4357         checkSelection = true;
4358
4359         // kill row and column size arrays
4360         m_colWidths.Empty();
4361         m_colRights.Empty();
4362         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4363         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4364     }
4365
4366     if (table)
4367     {
4368         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4369         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4370
4371         m_table = table;
4372         m_table->SetView( this );
4373         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4374         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4375         if (checkSelection)
4376         {
4377             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4378             // original one current cell and selection regions
4379             // might be invalid,
4380             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4381             m_currentCellCoords =
4382               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4383                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4384             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4385                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4386             {
4387                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4388                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4389             }
4390             else
4391                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4392                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4393                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4394                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4395                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4396         }
4397         CalcDimensions();
4398
4399         m_created = true;
4400     }
4401
4402     return m_created;
4403 }
4404
4405 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4406 {
4407     m_created = false;
4408
4409     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4410     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4411     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4412     m_gridWin = NULL;
4413
4414     m_table = NULL;
4415     m_ownTable = false;
4416
4417     m_selection = NULL;
4418     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4419     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4420     m_winCapture = NULL;
4421 }
4422
4423 void wxGrid::Init()
4424 {
4425     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4426     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4427
4428     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4429     {
4430         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4431     }
4432     else
4433     {
4434         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4435     }
4436
4437     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4438
4439     // init attr cache
4440     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4441     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4442     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4443
4444     // TODO: something better than this ?
4445     //
4446     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4447     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4448
4449     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4450     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4451
4452     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4453     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4454     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4455
4456     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4457     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4458
4459     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4460     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4461
4462 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4463     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4464 #else
4465     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4466 #endif
4467
4468     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4469     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4470     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4471     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4472     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4473
4474     m_canDragColMove = false;
4475
4476     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4477     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4478     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4479     m_canDragColSize = true;
4480     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4481     m_canDragCell = false;
4482     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4483     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4484     m_isDragging = false;
4485     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4486     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4487
4488     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4489
4490     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4491     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4492
4493     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4494
4495     ClearSelection();
4496
4497     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4498     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4499
4500     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4501
4502     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4503     m_batchCount = 0;
4504
4505     m_extraWidth =
4506     m_extraHeight = 0;
4507
4508     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4509     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4510 }
4511
4512 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4513 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4514 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4515 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4516 // arrays at all
4517 //
4518 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4519 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4520 // this is not done currently
4521 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4522
4523 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4524 {
4525     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4526     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4527
4528     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4529     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4530
4531     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4532
4533     int rowBottom = 0;
4534     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4535     {
4536         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4537         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4538     }
4539 }
4540
4541 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4542 {
4543     m_colWidths.Empty();
4544     m_colRights.Empty();
4545
4546     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4547     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4548
4549     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4550
4551     int colRight = 0;
4552     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4553     {
4554         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4555         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4556     }
4557 }
4558
4559 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4560 {
4561     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4562 }
4563
4564 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4565 {
4566     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4567                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4568 }
4569
4570 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4571 {
4572     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4573                                  : m_colRights[col];
4574 }
4575
4576 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4577 {
4578     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4579 }
4580
4581 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4582 {
4583     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4584                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4585 }
4586
4587 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4588 {
4589     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4590                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4591 }
4592
4593 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4594 {
4595     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4596     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4597     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4598
4599     w += m_extraWidth;
4600     h += m_extraHeight;
4601
4602     // take into account editor if shown
4603     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4604     {
4605         int w2, h2;
4606         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4607         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4608         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4609         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4610
4611         // how big is the editor
4612         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4613         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4614         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4615         w2 += x;
4616         h2 += y;
4617         if ( w2 > w )
4618             w = w2;
4619         if ( h2 > h )
4620             h = h2;
4621         editor->DecRef();
4622         attr->DecRef();
4623     }
4624
4625     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4626     int x, y;
4627     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4628
4629     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4630     if ( x >= w )
4631         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4632     if ( y >= h )
4633         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4634
4635     // do set scrollbar parameters
4636     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4637                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4638                    x, y,
4639                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4640
4641     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4642     // still must reposition the children
4643     CalcWindowSizes();
4644 }
4645
4646 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4647 {
4648     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4649
4650     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4651         return;
4652
4653     int cw, ch;
4654     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4655
4656     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4657     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4658     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4659     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4660     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4661     //
4662     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4663     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4664     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4665     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4666     {
4667         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4668         // the fixed size elements
4669         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4670         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4671
4672         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4673
4674         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4675         {
4676             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4677             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4678             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4679             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4680         }
4681     }
4682
4683     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4684     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4685     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4686     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4687     if (gw < 0)
4688         gw = 0;
4689     if (gh < 0)
4690         gh = 0;
4691
4692     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4693         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4694
4695     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4696         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4697
4698     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4699         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4700
4701     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4702         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4703 }
4704
4705 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4706 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4707 //
4708 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4709 {
4710     int i;
4711     bool result = false;
4712
4713     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4714     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4715     ClearAttrCache();
4716
4717     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4718     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4719     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4720     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4721     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4722     HideCellEditControl();
4723
4724 #if 0
4725     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4726     // now
4727     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4728     {
4729         InitColWidths();
4730     }
4731
4732     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4733     {
4734         InitRowHeights();
4735     }
4736 #endif
4737
4738     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4739     {
4740         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4741         {
4742             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4743             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4744
4745             m_numRows += numRows;
4746
4747             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4748             {
4749                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4750                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4751
4752                 int bottom = 0;
4753                 if ( pos > 0 )
4754                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4755
4756                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4757                 {
4758                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4759                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4760                 }
4761             }
4762
4763             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4764             {
4765                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4766                 // cell will be undefined...
4767                 //
4768                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4769             }
4770
4771             if ( m_selection )
4772                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4773             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4774             if (attrProvider)
4775                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4776
4777             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4778             {
4779                 CalcDimensions();
4780                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4781             }
4782         }
4783         result = true;
4784         break;
4785
4786         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4787         {
4788             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4789             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4790             m_numRows += numRows;
4791
4792             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4793             {
4794                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4795                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4796
4797                 int bottom = 0;
4798                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4799                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4800
4801                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4802                 {
4803                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4804                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4805                 }
4806             }
4807
4808             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4809             {
4810                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4811                 // cell will be undefined...
4812                 //
4813                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4814             }
4815
4816             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4817             {
4818                 CalcDimensions();
4819                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4820             }
4821         }
4822         result = true;
4823         break;
4824
4825         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4826         {
4827             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4828             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4829             m_numRows -= numRows;
4830
4831             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4832             {
4833                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4834                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4835
4836                 int h = 0;
4837                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4838                 {
4839                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4840                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4841                 }
4842             }
4843
4844             if ( !m_numRows )
4845             {
4846                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4847             }
4848             else
4849             {
4850                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4851                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4852             }
4853
4854             if ( m_selection )
4855                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4856             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4857             if (attrProvider)
4858             {
4859                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4860
4861 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4862 #if 0
4863                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4864                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4865                 // all column attributes.
4866                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4867                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4868                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4869                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4870 #endif
4871             }
4872
4873             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4874             {
4875                 CalcDimensions();
4876                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4877             }
4878         }
4879         result = true;
4880         break;
4881
4882         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4883         {
4884             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4885             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4886             m_numCols += numCols;
4887
4888             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4889             {
4890                 //Shift the column IDs
4891                 int i;
4892                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4893                 {
4894                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4895                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4896                 }
4897
4898                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4899
4900                 //Set the new columns' positions
4901                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4902                 {
4903                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4904                 }
4905             }
4906
4907             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4908             {
4909                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4910                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4911
4912                 int right = 0;
4913                 if ( pos > 0 )
4914                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4915
4916                 int colPos;
4917                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4918                 {
4919                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4920
4921                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4922                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4923                 }
4924             }
4925
4926             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4927             {
4928                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4929                 // cell will be undefined...
4930                 //
4931                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4932             }
4933
4934             if ( m_selection )
4935                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4936             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4937             if (attrProvider)
4938                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4939             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4940             {
4941                 CalcDimensions();
4942                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4943             }
4944         }
4945         result = true;
4946         break;
4947
4948         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4949         {
4950             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4951             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4952             m_numCols += numCols;
4953
4954             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4955             {
4956                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4957
4958                 //Set the new columns' positions
4959                 int i;
4960                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4961                 {
4962                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4963                 }
4964             }
4965
4966             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4967             {
4968                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4969                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4970
4971                 int right = 0;
4972                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4973                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4974
4975                 int colPos;
4976                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4977                 {
4978                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4979
4980                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4981                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4982                 }
4983             }
4984
4985             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4986             {
4987                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4988                 // cell will be undefined...
4989                 //
4990                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4991             }
4992             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4993             {
4994                 CalcDimensions();
4995                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4996             }
4997         }
4998         result = true;
4999         break;
5000
5001         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5002         {
5003             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5004             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5005             m_numCols -= numCols;
5006
5007             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5008             {
5009                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5010
5011                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5012
5013                 //Shift the column IDs
5014                 int colPos;
5015                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5016                 {
5017                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5018                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5019                 }
5020             }
5021
5022             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5023             {
5024                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5025                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5026
5027                 int w = 0;
5028                 int colPos;
5029                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5030                 {
5031                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5032
5033                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5034                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5035                 }
5036             }
5037
5038             if ( !m_numCols )
5039             {
5040                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5041             }
5042             else
5043             {
5044                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5045                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5046             }
5047
5048             if ( m_selection )
5049                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5050             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5051             if (attrProvider)
5052             {
5053                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5054
5055 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5056 #if 0
5057                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5058                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5059                 // all row attributes.
5060                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5061                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5062                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5063                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5064 #endif
5065             }
5066
5067             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5068             {
5069                 CalcDimensions();
5070                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5071             }
5072         }
5073         result = true;
5074         break;
5075     }
5076
5077     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5078         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5079
5080     return result;
5081 }
5082
5083 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5084 {
5085     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5086     wxRect r;
5087
5088     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5089
5090     int top, bottom;
5091     while ( iter )
5092     {
5093         r = iter.GetRect();
5094
5095         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5096         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5097         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5098         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5099         //
5100 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5101         int cw, ch;
5102         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5103         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5104             r.SetTop( 0 );
5105         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5106 #endif
5107
5108         // logical bounds of update region
5109         //
5110         int dummy;
5111         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5112         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5113
5114         // find the row labels within these bounds
5115         //
5116         int row;
5117         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5118         {
5119             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5120                 continue;
5121
5122             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5123                 break;
5124
5125             rowlabels.Add( row );
5126         }
5127
5128         ++iter;
5129     }
5130
5131     return rowlabels;
5132 }
5133
5134 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5135 {
5136     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5137     wxRect r;
5138
5139     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5140
5141     int left, right;
5142     while ( iter )
5143     {
5144         r = iter.GetRect();
5145
5146         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5147         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5148         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5149         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5150         //
5151 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5152         int cw, ch;
5153         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5154         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5155             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5156         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5157 #endif
5158
5159         // logical bounds of update region
5160         //
5161         int dummy;
5162         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5163         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5164
5165         // find the cells within these bounds
5166         //
5167         int col;
5168         int colPos;
5169         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5170         {
5171             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5172
5173             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5174                 continue;
5175
5176             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5177                 break;
5178
5179             colLabels.Add( col );
5180         }
5181
5182         ++iter;
5183     }
5184
5185     return colLabels;
5186 }
5187
5188 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5189 {
5190     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5191     wxRect r;
5192
5193     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5194
5195     int left, top, right, bottom;
5196     while ( iter )
5197     {
5198         r = iter.GetRect();
5199
5200         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5201         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5202         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5203         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5204         //
5205 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5206         int cw, ch;
5207         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5208         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5209         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5210         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5211         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5212 #endif
5213
5214         // logical bounds of update region
5215         //
5216         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5217         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5218
5219         // find the cells within these bounds
5220         //
5221         int row, col;
5222         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5223         {
5224             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5225                 continue;
5226
5227             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5228                 break;
5229
5230             int colPos;
5231             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5232             {
5233                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5234
5235                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5236                     continue;
5237
5238                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5239                     break;
5240
5241                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5242             }
5243         }
5244
5245         ++iter;
5246     }
5247
5248     return cellsExposed;
5249 }
5250
5251
5252 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5253 {
5254     int x, y, row;
5255     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5256     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5257
5258     if ( event.Dragging() )
5259     {
5260         if (!m_isDragging)
5261         {
5262             m_isDragging = true;
5263             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5264         }
5265
5266         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5267         {
5268             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5269             {
5270                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5271                 {
5272                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5273                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5274                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5275
5276                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5277                     PrepareDC( dc );
5278                     y = wxMax( y,
5279                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5280                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5281                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5282                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5283                     {
5284                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5285                     }
5286                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5287                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5288                 }
5289                 break;
5290
5291                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5292                 {
5293                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5294                     {
5295                         if ( m_selection )
5296                         {
5297                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5298                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5299                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5300                                                     event.AltDown(),
5301                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5302                         }
5303                     }
5304                 }
5305                 break;
5306
5307                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5308                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5309                 default:
5310                     break;
5311             }
5312         }
5313         return;
5314     }
5315
5316     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5317         return;
5318
5319     if (m_isDragging)
5320     {
5321         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5322             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5323         m_isDragging = false;
5324     }
5325
5326     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5327     //
5328     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5329     {
5330         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5331     }
5332
5333     // ------------ Left button pressed
5334     //
5335     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5336     {
5337         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5338         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5339         // wanting to resize the row
5340         //
5341         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5342         {
5343             row = YToRow(y);
5344             if ( row >= 0 &&
5345                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5346             {
5347                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5348                     ClearSelection();
5349                 if ( m_selection )
5350                 {
5351                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5352                     {
5353                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5354                                                   0,
5355                                                   row,
5356                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5357                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5358                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5359                                                   event.AltDown(),
5360                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5361                     }
5362                     else
5363                     {
5364                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5365                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5366                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5367                                                 event.AltDown(),
5368                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5369                     }
5370                 }
5371
5372                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5373             }
5374         }
5375         else
5376         {
5377             // starting to drag-resize a row
5378             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5379                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5380         }
5381     }
5382
5383     // ------------ Left double click
5384     //
5385     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5386     {
5387         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5388         if ( row < 0 )
5389         {
5390             row = YToRow(y);
5391             if ( row >=0 &&
5392                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5393             {
5394                 // no default action at the moment
5395             }
5396         }
5397         else
5398         {
5399             // adjust row height depending on label text
5400             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5401
5402             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5403             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5404         }
5405     }
5406
5407     // ------------ Left button released
5408     //
5409     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5410     {
5411         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5412         {
5413             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5414
5415             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5416             // default processing in this case
5417             //
5418             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5419         }
5420
5421         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5422         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5423     }
5424
5425     // ------------ Right button down
5426     //
5427     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5428     {
5429         row = YToRow(y);
5430         if ( row >=0 &&
5431              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5432         {
5433             // no default action at the moment
5434         }
5435     }
5436
5437     // ------------ Right double click
5438     //
5439     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5440     {
5441         row = YToRow(y);
5442         if ( row >= 0 &&
5443              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5444         {
5445             // no default action at the moment
5446         }
5447     }
5448
5449     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5450     //
5451     else if ( event.Moving() )
5452     {
5453         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5454         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5455         {
5456             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5457             {
5458                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5459                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5460                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5461             }
5462         }
5463         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5464         {
5465             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5466         }
5467     }
5468 }
5469
5470 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5471 {
5472     int x, y, col;
5473     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5474     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5475
5476     if ( event.Dragging() )
5477     {
5478         if (!m_isDragging)
5479         {
5480             m_isDragging = true;
5481             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5482
5483             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5484                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5485         }
5486
5487         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5488         {
5489             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5490             {
5491                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5492                 {
5493                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5494                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5495                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5496
5497                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5498                     PrepareDC( dc );
5499
5500                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5501                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5502                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5503                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5504                     {
5505                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5506                     }
5507                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5508                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5509                 }
5510                 break;
5511
5512                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5513                 {
5514                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5515                     {
5516                         if ( m_selection )
5517                         {
5518                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5519                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5520                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5521                                                     event.AltDown(),
5522                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5523                         }
5524                     }
5525                 }
5526                 break;
5527
5528                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5529                 {
5530                     if ( x < 0 )
5531                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5532                     else
5533                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5534
5535                     int markerX;
5536
5537                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5538                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5539                     else
5540                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5541
5542                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5543                     {
5544                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5545
5546                         int cw, ch;
5547                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5548
5549                         markerX++;
5550
5551                         //Clean up the last indicator
5552                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5553                         {
5554                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5555                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5556                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5557                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5558
5559                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5560                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5561                         }
5562
5563                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5564                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5565                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5566                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5567                         {
5568                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5569                             return;
5570                         }
5571
5572                         //Draw the marker
5573                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5574                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5575
5576                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5577
5578                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5579
5580                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5581                     }
5582                 }
5583                 break;
5584
5585                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5586                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5587                 default:
5588                     break;
5589             }
5590         }
5591         return;
5592     }
5593
5594     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5595         return;
5596
5597     if (m_isDragging)
5598     {
5599         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5600             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5601         m_isDragging = false;
5602     }
5603
5604     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5605     //
5606     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5607     {
5608         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5609     }
5610
5611     // ------------ Left button pressed
5612     //
5613     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5614     {
5615         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5616         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5617         // wanting to resize the col
5618         //
5619         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5620         {
5621             col = XToCol(x);
5622             if ( col >= 0 &&
5623                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5624             {
5625                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5626                 {
5627                     //Show button as pressed
5628                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5629                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5630                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5631                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5632                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5633                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5634
5635                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5636                 }
5637                 else
5638                 {
5639                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5640                         ClearSelection();
5641                     if ( m_selection )
5642                     {
5643                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5644                         {
5645                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5646                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5647                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5648                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5649                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5650                                                       event.AltDown(),
5651                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5652                         }
5653                         else
5654                         {
5655                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5656                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5657                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5658                                                     event.AltDown(),
5659                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5660                         }
5661                     }
5662
5663                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5664                 }
5665             }
5666         }
5667         else
5668         {
5669             // starting to drag-resize a col
5670             //
5671             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5672                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5673         }
5674     }
5675
5676     // ------------ Left double click
5677     //
5678     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5679     {
5680         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5681         if ( col < 0 )
5682         {
5683             col = XToCol(x);
5684             if ( col >= 0 &&
5685                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5686             {
5687                 // no default action at the moment
5688             }
5689         }
5690         else
5691         {
5692             // adjust column width depending on label text
5693             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5694
5695             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5696             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5697         }
5698     }
5699
5700     // ------------ Left button released
5701     //
5702     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5703     {
5704         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5705         {
5706             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5707                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5708
5709                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5710                 // default processing in this case
5711                 //
5712                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5713                 break;
5714
5715             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5716                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5717
5718                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5719                 break;
5720
5721             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5722             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5723             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5724             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5725                 // nothing to do (?)
5726                 break;
5727         }
5728
5729         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5730         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5731     }
5732
5733     // ------------ Right button down
5734     //
5735     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5736     {
5737         col = XToCol(x);
5738         if ( col >= 0 &&
5739              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5740         {
5741             // no default action at the moment
5742         }
5743     }
5744
5745     // ------------ Right double click
5746     //
5747     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5748     {
5749         col = XToCol(x);
5750         if ( col >= 0 &&
5751              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5752         {
5753             // no default action at the moment
5754         }
5755     }
5756
5757     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5758     //
5759     else if ( event.Moving() )
5760     {
5761         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5762         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5763         {
5764             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5765             {
5766                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5767                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5768                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5769             }
5770         }
5771         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5772         {
5773             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5774         }
5775     }
5776 }
5777
5778 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5779 {
5780     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5781     {
5782         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5783         // col args == -1
5784         //
5785         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5786         {
5787             SelectAll();
5788         }
5789     }
5790     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5791     {
5792         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5793     }
5794     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5795     {
5796         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5797         {
5798             // no default action at the moment
5799         }
5800     }
5801     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5802     {
5803         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5804         {
5805             // no default action at the moment
5806         }
5807     }
5808 }
5809
5810 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5811 {
5812     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5813     if ( m_winCapture )
5814     {
5815         m_isDragging = false;
5816         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5817         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5818         m_winCapture = NULL;
5819
5820         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5821         Refresh();
5822     }
5823 }
5824
5825 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5826                               wxWindow *win,
5827                               bool captureMouse)
5828 {
5829 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5830     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5831     {
5832         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5833         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5834         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5835         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5836         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5837         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5838     };
5839
5840     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5841                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5842                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5843                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5844                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5845                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5846 #endif
5847
5848     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5849          win == m_winCapture &&
5850          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5851         return;
5852
5853     if ( !win )
5854     {
5855         // by default use the grid itself
5856         win = m_gridWin;
5857     }
5858
5859     if ( m_winCapture )
5860     {
5861         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5862             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5863         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5864     }
5865
5866     m_cursorMode = mode;
5867
5868     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5869     {
5870         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5871             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5872             break;
5873
5874         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5875             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5876             break;
5877
5878         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5879             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5880             break;
5881
5882         default:
5883             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5884             break;
5885     }
5886
5887     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5888     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5889                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5890
5891     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5892     {
5893         win->CaptureMouse();
5894         m_winCapture = win;
5895     }
5896 }
5897
5898 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5899 {
5900     int x, y;
5901     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5902     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5903
5904     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5905     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5906
5907     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5908     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5909     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5910     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5911     {
5912         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5913         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5914     }
5915
5916     if ( event.Dragging() )
5917     {
5918         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5919
5920         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5921         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5922         if (! m_isDragging)
5923         {
5924             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5925             {
5926                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5927                 return;
5928             }
5929             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5930                 return;
5931         }
5932
5933         m_isDragging = true;
5934         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5935         {
5936             // Hide the edit control, so it
5937             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5938             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5939             {
5940                 HideCellEditControl();
5941                 SaveEditControlValue();
5942             }
5943
5944             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5945             {
5946                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5947                 {
5948                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5949                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5950                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5951                 }
5952                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5953                 {
5954                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5955                     {
5956                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5957                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5958
5959                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5960                                    coords.GetRow(),
5961                                    coords.GetCol(),
5962                                    event );
5963                         return;
5964                     }
5965                 }
5966                 else
5967                 {
5968                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5969                     {
5970                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5971                     }
5972                     else
5973                     {
5974                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5975                     }
5976                 }
5977
5978                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5979                 {
5980                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5981                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5982                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5983                 }
5984             }
5985             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5986             if (! m_winCapture)
5987             {
5988                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5989                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5990             }
5991
5992
5993         }
5994         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5995         {
5996             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5997             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5998             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5999
6000             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6001             PrepareDC( dc );
6002             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6003                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6004             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6005             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6006             {
6007                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6008             }
6009             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6010             m_dragLastPos = y;
6011         }
6012         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6013         {
6014             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6015             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6016             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6017
6018             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6019             PrepareDC( dc );
6020             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6021                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6022             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6023             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6024             {
6025                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6026             }
6027             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6028             m_dragLastPos = x;
6029         }
6030
6031         return;
6032     }
6033
6034     m_isDragging = false;
6035     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6036
6037     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6038     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6039     //     wxGTK
6040 #if 0
6041     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6042     {
6043         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6044         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6045     }
6046     else
6047 #endif // 0
6048
6049     // ------------ Left button pressed
6050     //
6051     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6052     {
6053         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6054                        coords.GetRow(),
6055                        coords.GetCol(),
6056                        event ) )
6057         {
6058             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6059                 ClearSelection();
6060             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6061             {
6062                 if ( m_selection )
6063                 {
6064                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6065                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6066                                               coords.GetRow(),
6067                                               coords.GetCol(),
6068                                               event.ControlDown(),
6069                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6070                                               event.AltDown(),
6071                                               event.MetaDown() );
6072                 }
6073             }
6074             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6075                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6076             {
6077                 DisableCellEditControl();
6078                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6079
6080                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6081                 {
6082                     if ( m_selection )
6083                     {
6084                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6085                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6086                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6087                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6088                                                           event.AltDown(),
6089                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6090                     }
6091                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6092                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6093                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6094                 }
6095                 else
6096                 {
6097                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6098                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6099                     if ( m_selection )
6100                     {
6101                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6102                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6103                         {
6104                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6105                         }
6106                     }
6107                 }
6108             }
6109         }
6110     }
6111
6112     // ------------ Left double click
6113     //
6114     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6115     {
6116         DisableCellEditControl();
6117
6118         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6119         {
6120             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6121                              coords.GetRow(),
6122                              coords.GetCol(),
6123                              event ) )
6124             {
6125                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6126                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6127                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6128             }
6129         }
6130     }
6131
6132     // ------------ Left button released
6133     //
6134     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6135     {
6136         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6137         {
6138             if (m_winCapture)
6139             {
6140                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6141                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6142                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6143             }
6144
6145             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6146             {
6147                 ClearSelection();
6148                 EnableCellEditControl();
6149
6150                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6151                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6152                 editor->StartingClick();
6153                 editor->DecRef();
6154                 attr->DecRef();
6155
6156                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6157             }
6158             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6159                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6160             {
6161                 if ( m_selection )
6162                 {
6163                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6164                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6165                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6166                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6167                                               event.ControlDown(),
6168                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6169                                               event.AltDown(),
6170                                               event.MetaDown() );
6171                 }
6172
6173                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6174                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6175
6176                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6177                 // drag-shrinking.
6178                 ShowCellEditControl();
6179             }
6180         }
6181         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6182         {
6183             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6184             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6185
6186             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6187             // default processing in this case
6188             //
6189             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6190         }
6191         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6192         {
6193             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6194             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6195
6196             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6197             // default processing in this case
6198             //
6199             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6200         }
6201
6202         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6203     }
6204
6205     // ------------ Right button down
6206     //
6207     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6208     {
6209         DisableCellEditControl();
6210         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6211                          coords.GetRow(),
6212                          coords.GetCol(),
6213                          event ) )
6214         {
6215             // no default action at the moment
6216         }
6217     }
6218
6219     // ------------ Right double click
6220     //
6221     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6222     {
6223         DisableCellEditControl();
6224         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6225                          coords.GetRow(),
6226                          coords.GetCol(),
6227                          event ) )
6228         {
6229             // no default action at the moment
6230         }
6231     }
6232
6233     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6234     //
6235     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6236     {
6237         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6238         {
6239             // out of grid cell area
6240             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6241             return;
6242         }
6243
6244         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6245         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6246
6247         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6248         // directions is not implemented yet...
6249         //
6250         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6251         {
6252             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6253             return;
6254         }
6255
6256         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6257         {
6258             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6259
6260             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6261             {
6262                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6263                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6264             }
6265         }
6266         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6267         {
6268             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6269
6270             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6271             {
6272                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6273                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6274             }
6275         }
6276         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6277         {
6278             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6279             {
6280                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6281             }
6282         }
6283     }
6284 }
6285
6286 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6287 {
6288     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6289     {
6290         // erase the last line and resize the row
6291         //
6292         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6293         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6294         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6295
6296         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6297         PrepareDC( dc );
6298         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6299         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6300         HideCellEditControl();
6301         SaveEditControlValue();
6302
6303         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6304         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6305                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6306
6307         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6308         {
6309             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6310             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6311             rect.x = 0;
6312             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6313             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6314             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6315             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6316             rect.width = cw;
6317
6318             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6319             if (m_table)
6320             {
6321                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6322                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6323                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6324                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6325                 {
6326                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6327                     {
6328                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6329                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6330                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6331                     }
6332                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6333                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6334                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6335                 }
6336             }
6337             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6338         }
6339
6340         ShowCellEditControl();
6341     }
6342 }
6343
6344
6345 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6346 {
6347     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6348     {
6349         // erase the last line and resize the col
6350         //
6351         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6352         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6353         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6354
6355         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6356         PrepareDC( dc );
6357         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6358         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6359         HideCellEditControl();
6360         SaveEditControlValue();
6361
6362         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6363         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6364                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6365                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6366
6367         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6368         {
6369             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6370             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6371             rect.y = 0;
6372             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6373             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6374             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6375             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6376             rect.height = ch;
6377
6378             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6379             if (m_table)
6380             {
6381                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6382                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6383                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6384                 if (topRow >= 0)
6385                 {
6386                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6387                     {
6388                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6389                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6390                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6391                     }
6392
6393                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6394                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6395                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6396                 }
6397             }
6398
6399             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6400         }
6401
6402         ShowCellEditControl();
6403     }
6404 }
6405
6406 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6407 {
6408     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6409     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6410     {
6411         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6412         return;
6413     }
6414
6415     int newPos;
6416     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6417         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6418     else
6419     {
6420         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6421         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6422             newPos--;
6423     }
6424
6425     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6426 }
6427
6428 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6429 {
6430     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6431     {
6432         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6433
6434         int i;
6435         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6436         {
6437             m_colAt.Add( i );
6438         }
6439     }
6440
6441     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6442
6443     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6444     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6445     {
6446         int i;
6447         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6448         {
6449             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6450         }
6451     }
6452     else
6453     {
6454         int i;
6455         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6456         {
6457             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6458         }
6459     }
6460
6461     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6462
6463     //Recalculate the column rights
6464     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6465     {
6466         int colRight = 0;
6467         int colPos;
6468         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6469         {
6470             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6471
6472             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6473             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6474         }
6475     }
6476
6477     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6478     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6479 }
6480
6481
6482
6483 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6484 {
6485     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6486         return;
6487
6488     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6489
6490     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6491     {
6492         m_colAt.Clear();
6493
6494         //Recalculate the column rights
6495         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6496         {
6497             int colRight = 0;
6498             int colPos;
6499             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6500             {
6501                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6502                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6503             }
6504         }
6505
6506         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6507         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6508     }
6509 }
6510
6511
6512 //
6513 // ------ interaction with data model
6514 //
6515 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6516 {
6517     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6518     {
6519         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6520             return GetModelValues();
6521
6522         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6523             return SetModelValues();
6524
6525         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6526         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6527         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6528         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6529         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6530         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6531             return Redimension( msg );
6532
6533         default:
6534             return false;
6535     }
6536 }
6537
6538 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6539 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6540 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6541 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6542 //
6543 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6544 {
6545     if ( m_table )
6546     {
6547         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6548             DisableCellEditControl();
6549
6550         m_table->Clear();
6551         if (!GetBatchCount())
6552             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6553     }
6554 }
6555
6556 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6557 {
6558     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6559
6560     if ( !m_created )
6561     {
6562         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6563         return false;
6564     }
6565
6566     if ( m_table )
6567     {
6568         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6569             DisableCellEditControl();
6570
6571         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6572         return done;
6573
6574         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6575         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6576     }
6577
6578     return false;
6579 }
6580
6581 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6582 {
6583     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6584
6585     if ( !m_created )
6586     {
6587         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6588         return false;
6589     }
6590
6591     if ( m_table )
6592     {
6593         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6594         return done;
6595
6596         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6597         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6598     }
6599
6600     return false;
6601 }
6602
6603 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6604 {
6605     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6606
6607     if ( !m_created )
6608     {
6609         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6610         return false;
6611     }
6612
6613     if ( m_table )
6614     {
6615         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6616             DisableCellEditControl();
6617
6618         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6619         return done;
6620         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6621         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6622     }
6623
6624     return false;
6625 }
6626
6627 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6628 {
6629     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6630
6631     if ( !m_created )
6632     {
6633         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6634         return false;
6635     }
6636
6637     if ( m_table )
6638     {
6639         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6640             DisableCellEditControl();
6641
6642         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6643         return done;
6644         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6645         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6646     }
6647
6648     return false;
6649 }
6650
6651 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6652 {
6653     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6654
6655     if ( !m_created )
6656     {
6657         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6658         return false;
6659     }
6660
6661     if ( m_table )
6662     {
6663         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6664         return done;
6665         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6666         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6667     }
6668
6669     return false;
6670 }
6671
6672 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6673 {
6674     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6675
6676     if ( !m_created )
6677     {
6678         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6679         return false;
6680     }
6681
6682     if ( m_table )
6683     {
6684         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6685             DisableCellEditControl();
6686
6687         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6688         return done;
6689         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6690         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6691     }
6692
6693     return false;
6694 }
6695
6696 //
6697 // ----- event handlers
6698 //
6699
6700 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6701 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6702 //
6703 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6704                         int row, int col,
6705                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6706 {
6707    bool claimed, vetoed;
6708
6709    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6710    {
6711        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6712
6713        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6714                type,
6715                this,
6716                rowOrCol,
6717                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6718                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6719                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6720                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6721                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6722                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6723
6724        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6725        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6726    }
6727    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6728    {
6729        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6730        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6731                type,
6732                this,
6733                m_selectingTopLeft,
6734                m_selectingBottomRight,
6735                true,
6736                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6737                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6738                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6739                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6740
6741        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6742        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6743    }
6744    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6745              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6746              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6747              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6748    {
6749        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6750
6751        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6752            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6753        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6754            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6755
6756        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6757                type,
6758                this,
6759                row, col,
6760                pos.x,
6761                pos.y,
6762                false,
6763                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6764                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6765                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6766                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6767        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6768        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6769    }
6770    else
6771    {
6772        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6773                type,
6774                this,
6775                row, col,
6776                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6777                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6778                false,
6779                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6780                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6781                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6782                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6783        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6784        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6785    }
6786
6787    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6788    if (vetoed)
6789        return -1;
6790
6791    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6792 }
6793
6794 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6795 // of ProcessEvent().
6796 //
6797 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6798                         int row, int col )
6799 {
6800    bool claimed, vetoed;
6801
6802     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6803     {
6804         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6805
6806         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6807
6808         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6809         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6810     }
6811     else
6812     {
6813         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6814
6815         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6816         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6817      }
6818
6819     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6820     if (vetoed)
6821         return -1;
6822
6823     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6824 }
6825
6826 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6827 {
6828     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6829     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6830 }
6831
6832 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6833 {
6834     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6835     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6836     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6837     {
6838         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6839         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6840
6841         if (rect)
6842         {
6843             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6844             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6845             int x, y;
6846
6847             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6848             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6849             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6850             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6851             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6852
6853             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6854             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6855                 width_label = rectWidth;
6856
6857             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6858             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6859                 height_label = rectHeight;
6860
6861             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6862             {
6863                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6864                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6865             }
6866             else
6867             {
6868                 x = 0;
6869                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6870             }
6871
6872             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6873             {
6874                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6875                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6876             }
6877             else
6878             {
6879                 y = 0;
6880                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6881             }
6882
6883             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6884             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6885             {
6886                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6887                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6888             }
6889
6890             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6891             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6892             {
6893                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6894                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6895             }
6896
6897             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6898             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6899             {
6900                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6901                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6902             }
6903
6904             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6905             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6906             {
6907                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6908                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6909             }
6910         }
6911         else
6912         {
6913             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6914             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6915             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6916             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6917         }
6918     }
6919 }
6920
6921 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6922 {
6923     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6924     {
6925         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6926         CalcDimensions();
6927     }
6928 }
6929
6930 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6931 {
6932     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6933     {
6934         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6935         //
6936         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6937     }
6938
6939     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6940
6941     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6942     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6943     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6944     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6945
6946     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6947     {
6948         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6949         {
6950             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6951                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6952             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6953                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6954         }
6955
6956         // try local handlers
6957         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6958         {
6959             case WXK_UP:
6960                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6961                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6962                 else
6963                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6964                 break;
6965
6966             case WXK_DOWN:
6967                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6968                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6969                 else
6970                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6971                 break;
6972
6973             case WXK_LEFT:
6974                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6975                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6976                 else
6977                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6978                 break;
6979
6980             case WXK_RIGHT:
6981                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6982                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6983                 else
6984                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6985                 break;
6986
6987             case WXK_RETURN:
6988             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6989                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6990                 {
6991                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6992                 }
6993                 else
6994                 {
6995                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6996                     {
6997                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6998                     }
6999                     else
7000                     {
7001                         // at the bottom of a column
7002                         DisableCellEditControl();
7003                     }
7004                 }
7005                 break;
7006
7007             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7008                 ClearSelection();
7009                 break;
7010
7011             case WXK_TAB:
7012                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7013                 {
7014                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7015                     {
7016                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7017                     }
7018                     else
7019                     {
7020                         // at left of grid
7021                         DisableCellEditControl();
7022                     }
7023                 }
7024                 else
7025                 {
7026                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7027                     {
7028                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7029                     }
7030                     else
7031                     {
7032                         // at right of grid
7033                         DisableCellEditControl();
7034                     }
7035                 }
7036                 break;
7037
7038             case WXK_HOME:
7039                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7040                 {
7041                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7042                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7043                 }
7044                 else
7045                 {
7046                     event.Skip();
7047                 }
7048                 break;
7049
7050             case WXK_END:
7051                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7052                 {
7053                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7054                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7055                 }
7056                 else
7057                 {
7058                     event.Skip();
7059                 }
7060                 break;
7061
7062             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7063                 MovePageUp();
7064                 break;
7065
7066             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7067                 MovePageDown();
7068                 break;
7069
7070             case WXK_SPACE:
7071                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7072                 {
7073                     if ( m_selection )
7074                     {
7075                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7076                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7077                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7078                             event.ControlDown(),
7079                             event.ShiftDown(),
7080                             event.AltDown(),
7081                             event.MetaDown() );
7082                     }
7083                     break;
7084                 }
7085
7086                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7087                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7088                 else
7089                     event.Skip();
7090                 break;
7091
7092             default:
7093                 event.Skip();
7094                 break;
7095         }
7096     }
7097
7098     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7099 }
7100
7101 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7102 {
7103     // try local handlers
7104     //
7105     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7106     {
7107         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7108              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7109         {
7110             if ( m_selection )
7111             {
7112                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7113                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7114                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7115                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7116                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7117                     event.ControlDown(),
7118                     true,
7119                     event.AltDown(),
7120                     event.MetaDown() );
7121             }
7122         }
7123
7124         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7125         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7126         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7127     }
7128 }
7129
7130 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7131 {
7132     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7133     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7134     {
7135         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7136         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7137         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7138         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7139         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7140
7141         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7142         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7143         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7144              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7145         {
7146             // ensure cell is visble
7147             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7148             EnableCellEditControl();
7149
7150             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7151             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7152             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7153             // crash the app
7154             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7155                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7156         }
7157         else
7158         {
7159             event.Skip();
7160         }
7161
7162         editor->DecRef();
7163         attr->DecRef();
7164     }
7165     else
7166     {
7167         event.Skip();
7168     }
7169 }
7170
7171 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7172 {
7173 }
7174
7175 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7176 {
7177     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7178     {
7179         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7180         return;
7181     }
7182
7183 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7184     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7185     PrepareDC( dc );
7186 #endif
7187
7188     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7189     {
7190         DisableCellEditControl();
7191
7192         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7193         {
7194             wxRect r;
7195             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7196             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7197             {
7198                 r.x--;
7199                 r.y--;
7200                 r.width++;
7201                 r.height++;
7202             }
7203
7204             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7205
7206             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7207             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7208
7209 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7210             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7211 #else
7212             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7213             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7214 #endif
7215         }
7216     }
7217
7218     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7219
7220     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7221 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7222     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7223 #endif
7224     attr->DecRef();
7225 }
7226
7227 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7228 {
7229     int temp;
7230     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7231
7232     if ( m_selection )
7233     {
7234         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7235         {
7236             leftCol = 0;
7237             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7238         }
7239         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7240         {
7241             topRow = 0;
7242             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7243         }
7244     }
7245
7246     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7247     {
7248         temp = topRow;
7249         topRow = bottomRow;
7250         bottomRow = temp;
7251     }
7252
7253     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7254     {
7255         temp = leftCol;
7256         leftCol = rightCol;
7257         rightCol = temp;
7258     }
7259
7260     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7261     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7262
7263     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7264     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7265          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7266     {
7267         wxRect rect;
7268         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7269                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7270         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7271     }
7272
7273     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7274     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7275               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7276     {
7277         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7278         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7279         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7280         wxRect  rect[4];
7281         bool    need_refresh[4];
7282         need_refresh[0] =
7283         need_refresh[1] =
7284         need_refresh[2] =
7285         need_refresh[3] = false;
7286         int     i;
7287
7288         // Store intermediate values
7289         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7290         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7291         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7292         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7293
7294         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7295         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7296         {
7297             temp = oldLeft;
7298             oldLeft = leftCol;
7299             leftCol = temp;
7300         }
7301         if (oldTop > topRow )
7302         {
7303             temp = oldTop;
7304             oldTop = topRow;
7305             topRow = temp;
7306         }
7307         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7308         {
7309             temp = oldRight;
7310             oldRight = rightCol;
7311             rightCol = temp;
7312         }
7313         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7314         {
7315             temp = oldBottom;
7316             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7317             bottomRow = temp;
7318         }
7319
7320         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7321         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7322         // is contained in the other.
7323
7324         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7325         {
7326             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7327             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7328             need_refresh[0] = true;
7329             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7330                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7331                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7332         }
7333
7334         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7335         {
7336             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7337             // area above the old or new selection.
7338             need_refresh[1] = true;
7339             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7340                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7341                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7342         }
7343
7344         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7345         {
7346             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7347             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7348             need_refresh[2] = true;
7349             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7350                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7351                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7352         }
7353
7354         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7355         {
7356             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7357             // area below the old or new selection.
7358             need_refresh[3] = true;
7359             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7360                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7361                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7362         }
7363
7364         // various Refresh() calls
7365         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7366             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7367                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7368     }
7369
7370     // change selection
7371     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7372     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7373 }
7374
7375 //
7376 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7377 //
7378
7379 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7380 {
7381     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7382     HideCellEditControl();
7383
7384     if ( m_table )
7385     {
7386         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7387         //
7388         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7389         return true;
7390     }
7391
7392     return false;
7393 }
7394
7395 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7396 {
7397     int row, col;
7398
7399     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7400     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7401     // I think so ...
7402     DisableCellEditControl();
7403
7404     if ( m_table )
7405     {
7406         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7407         {
7408             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7409             {
7410                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7411             }
7412         }
7413
7414         return true;
7415     }
7416
7417     return false;
7418 }
7419
7420 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7421 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7422 // CalcExposedCells)
7423 //
7424 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7425 {
7426     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7427         return;
7428
7429     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7430     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7431     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7432
7433     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7434     {
7435         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7436         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7437         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7438
7439         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7440         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7441         {
7442             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7443             bool marked = false;
7444             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7445             {
7446                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7447                 {
7448                     marked = true;
7449                     break;
7450                 }
7451             }
7452
7453             if (!marked)
7454             {
7455                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7456                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7457                 {
7458                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7459                     {
7460                         marked = true;
7461                         break;
7462                     }
7463                 }
7464
7465                 if (!marked)
7466                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7467             }
7468
7469             // don't bother drawing this cell
7470             continue;
7471         }
7472
7473         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7474         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7475         {
7476             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7477             {
7478                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7479                 int left = col;
7480                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7481                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7482                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7483                     {
7484                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7485                     }
7486
7487                 if (left == col)
7488                     left = 0; // oh well
7489
7490                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7491                 {
7492                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7493                     {
7494                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7495                         {
7496                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7497                             bool marked = false;
7498
7499                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7500                             {
7501                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7502                                 {
7503                                     marked = true;
7504                                     break;
7505                                 }
7506                             }
7507
7508                             if (!marked)
7509                             {
7510                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7511                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7512                                 {
7513                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7514                                     {
7515                                         marked = true;
7516                                         break;
7517                                     }
7518                                 }
7519                                 if (!marked)
7520                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7521                             }
7522                         }
7523                         break;
7524                     }
7525                 }
7526             }
7527         }
7528
7529         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7530     }
7531
7532     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7533
7534     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7535     {
7536         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7537     }
7538 }
7539
7540 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7541 {
7542   int cw, ch;
7543   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7544
7545   int right, bottom;
7546   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7547
7548   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7549   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7550
7551   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7552   {
7553       int left, top;
7554       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7555
7556       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7557       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7558
7559       if ( right > rightCol )
7560       {
7561           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7562       }
7563
7564       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7565       {
7566           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7567       }
7568   }
7569 }
7570
7571 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7572 {
7573     int row = coords.GetRow();
7574     int col = coords.GetCol();
7575
7576     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7577         return;
7578
7579     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7580 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7581     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7582         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7583 #endif
7584
7585     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7586
7587     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7588
7589     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7590
7591     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7592     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7593     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7594     {
7595         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7596         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7597         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7598         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7599 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7600         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7601         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7602         editor->DecRef();
7603 #endif
7604     }
7605     else
7606     {
7607         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7608         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7609         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7610         renderer->DecRef();
7611     }
7612
7613     attr->DecRef();
7614 }
7615
7616 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7617 {
7618     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7619     if ( !HasFocus() )
7620         return;
7621
7622     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7623     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7624
7625     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7626         return;
7627
7628     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7629
7630     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7631     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7632     // it doesn't look really good
7633
7634     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7635
7636     if (penWidth > 0)
7637     {
7638         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7639         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7640         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7641         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7642         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7643         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7644         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7645         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7646         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7647
7648         // Now draw the rectangle
7649         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7650         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7651         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7652         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7653         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7654     }
7655
7656 #if 0
7657         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7658
7659         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7660         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7661                 y1 = rect.y,
7662                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7663                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7664
7665         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7666         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7667         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7668
7669         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7670         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7671
7672         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7673         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7674         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7675 #endif
7676 }
7677
7678 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7679 {
7680     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7681 }
7682
7683 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7684 {
7685     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7686 }
7687
7688 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7689 {
7690     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7691 }
7692
7693 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7694 {
7695     int row = coords.GetRow();
7696     int col = coords.GetCol();
7697     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7698         return;
7699
7700
7701     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7702
7703     // right hand border
7704     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7705     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7706                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7707
7708     // bottom border
7709     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7710     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7711                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7712 }
7713
7714 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7715 {
7716     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7717     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7718     //
7719     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7720          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7721     {
7722         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7723     }
7724
7725     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7726     {
7727         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7728         return;
7729     }
7730
7731     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7732     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7733     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7734     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7735     {
7736         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7737         {
7738             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7739             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7740             attr->DecRef();
7741
7742             break;
7743         }
7744     }
7745 }
7746
7747 // TODO: remove this ???
7748 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7749 // has been changed
7750 //
7751 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7752 {
7753 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7754     return;
7755 #endif
7756
7757     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7758          return;
7759
7760     int top, bottom, left, right;
7761
7762 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7763     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7764     {
7765       int cw, ch;
7766       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7767
7768       // virtual coords of visible area
7769       //
7770       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7771       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7772     }
7773     else
7774     {
7775       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7776       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7777       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7778       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7779     }
7780 #else
7781       int cw, ch;
7782       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7783       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7784       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7785 #endif
7786
7787     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7788     //
7789     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7790     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7791
7792     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7793     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7794     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7795     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7796     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7797
7798     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7799
7800     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7801     wxRect rect;
7802
7803     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7804     {
7805         int colPos;
7806         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7807         {
7808             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7809
7810             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7811             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7812             {
7813                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7814                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7815                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7816             }
7817             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7818             {
7819                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7820                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7821                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7822             }
7823         }
7824     }
7825
7826     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7827
7828
7829     // horizontal grid lines
7830     //
7831     // already declared above - int i;
7832     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7833     {
7834         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7835
7836         if ( bot > bottom )
7837         {
7838             break;
7839         }
7840
7841         if ( bot >= top )
7842         {
7843             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7844             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7845         }
7846     }
7847
7848     // vertical grid lines
7849     //
7850     int colPos;
7851     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7852     {
7853         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7854
7855         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7856 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7857         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7858 #endif
7859             colRight--;
7860
7861         if ( colRight > right )
7862         {
7863             break;
7864         }
7865
7866         if ( colRight >= left )
7867         {
7868             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7869             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7870         }
7871     }
7872
7873     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7874 }
7875
7876 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7877 {
7878     if ( !m_numRows )
7879         return;
7880
7881     size_t i;
7882     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7883
7884     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7885     {
7886         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7887     }
7888 }
7889
7890 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7891 {
7892     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7893         return;
7894
7895     wxRect rect;
7896
7897     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7898         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7899
7900     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7901     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7902     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7903     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7904
7905     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7906     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7907     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7908
7909     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7910     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7911     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7912
7913     int hAlign, vAlign;
7914     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7915
7916     rect.SetX( 2 );
7917     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7918     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7919     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7920     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7921 }
7922
7923 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7924 {
7925     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7926     if (native)
7927     {
7928         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7929         SetColLabelSize( height );
7930     }
7931
7932     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7933 }
7934
7935 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7936 {
7937     if ( !m_numCols )
7938         return;
7939
7940     size_t i;
7941     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7942
7943     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7944     {
7945         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7946     }
7947 }
7948
7949 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7950 {
7951     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7952         return;
7953
7954     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7955
7956     wxRect rect;
7957
7958     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7959     {
7960         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7961         rect.SetY( 0 );
7962         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7963         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7964
7965         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7966         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7967     }
7968     else
7969     {
7970         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7971
7972         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7973         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7974         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7975         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7976                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7977
7978         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7979         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7980         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7981     }
7982
7983     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7984     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7985     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7986
7987     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7988     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7989     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7990
7991     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7992     rect.SetY( 2 );
7993     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7994     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7995     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7996 }
7997
7998 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7999                                 const wxString& value,
8000                                 const wxRect& rect,
8001                                 int horizAlign,
8002                                 int vertAlign,
8003                                 int textOrientation )
8004 {
8005     wxArrayString lines;
8006
8007     StringToLines( value, lines );
8008
8009     // Forward to new API.
8010     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8011         lines,
8012         rect,
8013         horizAlign,
8014         vertAlign,
8015         textOrientation );
8016 }
8017
8018 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8019 //     add textOrientation support
8020 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8021                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8022                                const wxRect& rect,
8023                                int horizAlign,
8024                                int vertAlign,
8025                                int textOrientation)
8026 {
8027     if ( lines.empty() )
8028         return;
8029
8030     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8031
8032     long textWidth,
8033          textHeight;
8034
8035     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8036         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8037     else
8038         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8039
8040     int x = 0,
8041         y = 0;
8042     switch ( vertAlign )
8043     {
8044         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8045             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8046                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8047             else
8048                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8049             break;
8050
8051         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8052             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8053                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8054             else
8055                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8056             break;
8057
8058         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8059         default:
8060             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8061                 y = rect.y + 1;
8062             else
8063                 x = rect.x + 1;
8064             break;
8065     }
8066
8067     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8068     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8069     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8070     {
8071         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8072
8073         if ( line.empty() )
8074         {
8075             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8076             continue;
8077         }
8078
8079         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8080              lineHeight = 0;
8081         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8082
8083         switch ( horizAlign )
8084         {
8085             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8086                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8087                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8088                 else
8089                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8090                 break;
8091
8092             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8093                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8094                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8095                 else
8096                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8097                 break;
8098
8099             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8100             default:
8101                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8102                     x = rect.x + 1;
8103                 else
8104                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8105                 break;
8106         }
8107
8108         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8109         {
8110             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8111             y += lineHeight;
8112         }
8113         else
8114         {
8115             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8116             x += lineHeight;
8117         }
8118     }
8119 }
8120
8121 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8122 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8123 //
8124 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8125 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8126 {
8127     int startPos = 0;
8128     int pos;
8129     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8130     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8131
8132     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8133     {
8134         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8135         if ( pos < 0 )
8136         {
8137             break;
8138         }
8139         else if ( pos == 0 )
8140         {
8141             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8142         }
8143         else
8144         {
8145             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8146         }
8147
8148         startPos += pos + 1;
8149     }
8150
8151     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8152     {
8153         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8154     }
8155 }
8156
8157 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8158                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8159                              long *width, long *height ) const
8160 {
8161     wxCoord w = 0;
8162     wxCoord h = 0;
8163     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8164
8165     size_t i;
8166     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8167     {
8168         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8169         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8170         h += lineH;
8171     }
8172
8173     *width = w;
8174     *height = h;
8175 }
8176
8177 //
8178 // ------ Batch processing.
8179 //
8180 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8181 {
8182     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8183     {
8184         m_batchCount--;
8185         if ( !m_batchCount )
8186         {
8187             CalcDimensions();
8188             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8189             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8190             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8191             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8192         }
8193     }
8194 }
8195
8196 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8197 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8198 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8199 //
8200 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8201 {
8202     BeginBatch();
8203     EndBatch();
8204 }
8205
8206 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8207 {
8208     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8209         return false;
8210
8211     // redraw in the new state
8212     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8213
8214     return true;
8215 }
8216
8217 //
8218 // ------ Edit control functions
8219 //
8220
8221 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8222 {
8223     // TODO: improve this ?
8224     //
8225     if ( edit != m_editable )
8226     {
8227         if (!edit)
8228             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8229         m_editable = edit;
8230     }
8231 }
8232
8233 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8234 {
8235     if (! m_editable)
8236         return;
8237
8238     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8239     {
8240         if ( enable )
8241         {
8242             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8243                 return;
8244
8245             // this should be checked by the caller!
8246             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8247
8248             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8249             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8250
8251             ShowCellEditControl();
8252         }
8253         else
8254         {
8255             //FIXME:add veto support
8256             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8257
8258             HideCellEditControl();
8259             SaveEditControlValue();
8260
8261             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8262             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8263         }
8264     }
8265 }
8266
8267 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8268 {
8269     // const_cast
8270     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8271     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8272     attr->DecRef();
8273
8274     return readonly;
8275 }
8276
8277 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8278 {
8279     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8280         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8281 }
8282
8283 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8284 {
8285     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8286     // current one if it's read only
8287     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8288 }
8289
8290 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8291 {
8292     bool isShown = false;
8293
8294     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8295     {
8296         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8297         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8298         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8299         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8300         attr->DecRef();
8301
8302         if ( editor )
8303         {
8304             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8305             {
8306                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8307             }
8308
8309             editor->DecRef();
8310         }
8311     }
8312
8313     return isShown;
8314 }
8315
8316 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8317 {
8318     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8319     {
8320         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8321         {
8322             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8323             return;
8324         }
8325         else
8326         {
8327             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8328             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8329             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8330
8331             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8332             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8333             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8334             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8335             {
8336                 row += cell_rows;
8337                 col += cell_cols;
8338                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8339                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8340             }
8341
8342             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8343             // might not cover the entire cell
8344             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8345             PrepareDC( dc );
8346             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8347             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8348             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8349             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8350
8351             // convert to scrolled coords
8352             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8353
8354             int nXMove = 0;
8355             if (rect.x < 0)
8356                 nXMove = rect.x;
8357
8358             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8359             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8360             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8361             // "don't change."
8362             if (rect.x > 0)
8363                 rect.x--;
8364             if (rect.y > 0)
8365                 rect.y--;
8366
8367             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8368             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8369             {
8370                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8371                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8372
8373                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8374                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8375                                              this,
8376                                              row,
8377                                              col,
8378                                              editor->GetControl());
8379                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8380             }
8381
8382             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8383             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8384             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8385             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8386             {
8387                 int y;
8388                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8389                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8390                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8391             }
8392
8393             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8394             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8395                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8396
8397             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8398             {
8399                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8400                 // may have changed earlier
8401                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8402                 {
8403                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8404                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8405
8406                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8407                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8408                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8409                     {
8410                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8411                     }
8412                     else
8413                         break;
8414                 }
8415
8416                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8417                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8418             }
8419
8420             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8421             editor->SetSize( rect );
8422             if (nXMove != 0)
8423                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8424                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8425                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8426             editor->Show( true, attr );
8427
8428             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8429             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8430             CalcDimensions();
8431
8432             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8433             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8434
8435             editor->DecRef();
8436             attr->DecRef();
8437         }
8438     }
8439 }
8440
8441 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8442 {
8443     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8444     {
8445         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8446         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8447
8448         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8449         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8450         editor->Show( false );
8451         editor->DecRef();
8452         attr->DecRef();
8453
8454         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8455
8456         // refresh whole row to the right
8457         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8458         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8459         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8460
8461 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8462         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8463         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8464 #endif
8465
8466         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8467     }
8468 }
8469
8470 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8471 {
8472     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8473     {
8474         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8475         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8476
8477         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8478
8479         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8480         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8481         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8482
8483         editor->DecRef();
8484         attr->DecRef();
8485
8486         if (changed)
8487         {
8488             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8489                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8490                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8491             {
8492                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8493                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8494             }
8495         }
8496     }
8497 }
8498
8499 //
8500 // ------ Grid location functions
8501 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8502 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8503 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8504 //
8505
8506 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8507 {
8508     int row = YToRow(y);
8509     int col = XToCol(x);
8510
8511     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8512     {
8513         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8514     }
8515     else
8516     {
8517         coords.Set( row, col );
8518     }
8519 }
8520
8521 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8522 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8523 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8524 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8525
8526 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8527                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8528                            bool clipToMinMax)
8529 {
8530     if (coord < 0)
8531         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8532
8533     if (!defaultDist)
8534         defaultDist = 1;
8535
8536     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8537            i_min = 0;
8538
8539     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8540     {
8541         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8542             return i_max;
8543         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8544     }
8545
8546     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8547     {
8548         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8549     }
8550     else
8551     {
8552         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8553         {
8554             i_min = i_max;
8555             if (minDist)
8556                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8557             else
8558                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8559         }
8560
8561         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8562             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8563     }
8564
8565     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8566         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8567     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8568         return 0;
8569
8570     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8571     {
8572         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8573                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8574         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8575             return i_max;
8576         else
8577             i_max--;
8578         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8579         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8580             i_max = median;
8581         else
8582             i_min = median;
8583     }
8584
8585     return i_max;
8586 }
8587
8588 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8589 {
8590     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8591                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8592 }
8593
8594 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8595 {
8596     if (x < 0)
8597         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8598
8599     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8600
8601     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8602     int minPos = 0;
8603
8604     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8605     {
8606         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8607             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8608         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8609     }
8610
8611     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8612         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8613     else
8614     {
8615         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8616         {
8617             minPos = maxPos;
8618             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8619                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8620             else
8621                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8622         }
8623         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8624             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8625     }
8626
8627     //X is beyond the last column
8628     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8629         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8630
8631     //X is before the first column
8632     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8633         return GetColAt( 0 );
8634
8635     //Perform a binary search
8636     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8637     {
8638         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8639                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8640
8641         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8642             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8643         else
8644             maxPos--;
8645         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8646         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8647             maxPos = median;
8648         else
8649             minPos = median;
8650     }
8651     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8652 }
8653
8654 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8655 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8656 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8657 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8658 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8659 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8660 //        near the edge).
8661 //   and
8662 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8663 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8664 //
8665 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8666 {
8667     int i;
8668     i = internalYToRow(y);
8669
8670     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8671     {
8672         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8673         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8674         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8675             return i;
8676         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8677             return i - 1;
8678     }
8679
8680     return -1;
8681 }
8682
8683 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8684 // -1 if not near an edge
8685 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8686 //
8687 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8688 {
8689     int i;
8690     i = internalXToCol(x);
8691
8692     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8693     {
8694         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8695         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8696         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8697             return i;
8698         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8699             return i - 1;
8700     }
8701
8702     return -1;
8703 }
8704
8705 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8706 {
8707     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8708
8709     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8710          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8711     {
8712         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8713         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8714         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8715         // if negative then find multicell owner
8716         if (cell_rows < 0)
8717             row += cell_rows;
8718         if (cell_cols < 0)
8719              col += cell_cols;
8720         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8721
8722         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8723         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8724         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8725             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8726         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8727             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8728     }
8729
8730     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8731     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8732     {
8733         rect.width -= 1;
8734         rect.height -= 1;
8735     }
8736
8737     return rect;
8738 }
8739
8740 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8741 {
8742     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8743     //
8744     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8745
8746     // convert to device coords
8747     //
8748     int left, top, right, bottom;
8749     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8750     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8751
8752     // check against the client area of the grid window
8753     int cw, ch;
8754     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8755
8756     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8757     {
8758         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8759         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8760                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8761     }
8762     else
8763     {
8764         // is the cell partly visible ?
8765         //
8766         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8767                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8768     }
8769 }
8770
8771 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8772 // of scrolling
8773 //
8774 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8775 {
8776     int i;
8777     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8778
8779     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8780          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8781     {
8782         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8783         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8784
8785         // convert to device coords
8786         int left, top, right, bottom;
8787         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8788         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8789
8790         int cw, ch;
8791         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8792
8793         if ( top < 0 )
8794         {
8795             ypos = r.GetTop();
8796         }
8797         else if ( bottom > ch )
8798         {
8799             int h = r.GetHeight();
8800             ypos = r.GetTop();
8801             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8802             {
8803                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8804                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8805                     break;
8806
8807                 h += rowHeight;
8808                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8809             }
8810
8811             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8812             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8813             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8814             //
8815             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8816             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8817             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8818         }
8819
8820         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8821         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8822         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8823 //      if ( left < 0 )
8824         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8825         {
8826             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8827         }
8828         else if ( right > cw )
8829         {
8830             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8831             int x0, y0;
8832             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8833             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8834
8835             // see comment for ypos above
8836             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8837         }
8838
8839         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8840         {
8841             if ( xpos != -1 )
8842                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8843             if ( ypos != -1 )
8844                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8845             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8846             AdjustScrollbars();
8847         }
8848     }
8849 }
8850
8851 //
8852 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8853 //
8854
8855 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8856 {
8857     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8858          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8859     {
8860         if ( expandSelection )
8861         {
8862             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8863                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8864             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8865             {
8866                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8867                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8868                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8869                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8870             }
8871         }
8872         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8873         {
8874             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8875             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8876             ClearSelection();
8877             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8878             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8879         }
8880         else
8881             return false;
8882
8883         return true;
8884     }
8885
8886     return false;
8887 }
8888
8889 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8890 {
8891     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8892          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8893     {
8894         if ( expandSelection )
8895         {
8896             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8897                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8898             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8899             {
8900                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8901                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8902                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8903                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8904             }
8905         }
8906         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8907         {
8908             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8909             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8910             ClearSelection();
8911             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8912             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8913         }
8914         else
8915             return false;
8916
8917         return true;
8918     }
8919
8920     return false;
8921 }
8922
8923 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8924 {
8925     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8926          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8927     {
8928         if ( expandSelection )
8929         {
8930             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8931                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8932             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8933             {
8934                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8935                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8936                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8937                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8938             }
8939         }
8940         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8941         {
8942             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8943             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8944             ClearSelection();
8945
8946             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8947             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8948         }
8949         else
8950             return false;
8951
8952         return true;
8953     }
8954
8955     return false;
8956 }
8957
8958 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8959 {
8960     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8961          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8962     {
8963         if ( expandSelection )
8964         {
8965             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8966                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8967             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8968             {
8969                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8970                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8971                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8972                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8973             }
8974         }
8975         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8976         {
8977             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8978             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8979             ClearSelection();
8980
8981             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8982             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8983         }
8984         else
8985             return false;
8986
8987         return true;
8988     }
8989
8990     return false;
8991 }
8992
8993 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8994 {
8995     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8996         return false;
8997
8998     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8999     if ( row > 0 )
9000     {
9001         int cw, ch;
9002         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9003
9004         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9005         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9006
9007         if ( newRow == row )
9008         {
9009             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9010             newRow = row - 1;
9011         }
9012
9013         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9014         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9015
9016         return true;
9017     }
9018
9019     return false;
9020 }
9021
9022 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9023 {
9024     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9025         return false;
9026
9027     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9028     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9029     {
9030         int cw, ch;
9031         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9032
9033         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9034         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9035         if ( newRow == row )
9036         {
9037             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9038             newRow = row + 1;
9039         }
9040
9041         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9042         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9043
9044         return true;
9045     }
9046
9047     return false;
9048 }
9049
9050 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9051 {
9052     if ( m_table &&
9053          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9054          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9055     {
9056         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9057         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9058
9059         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9060         {
9061             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9062             // non-empty cells
9063             //
9064             while ( row > 0 )
9065             {
9066                 row--;
9067                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9068                     break;
9069             }
9070         }
9071         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9072         {
9073             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9074             //
9075             row--;
9076             while ( row > 0 )
9077             {
9078                 row--;
9079                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9080                     break;
9081             }
9082         }
9083         else
9084         {
9085             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9086             //
9087             while ( row > 0 )
9088             {
9089                 row--;
9090                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9091                 {
9092                     row++;
9093                     break;
9094                 }
9095             }
9096         }
9097
9098         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9099         if ( expandSelection )
9100         {
9101             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9102             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9103         }
9104         else
9105         {
9106             ClearSelection();
9107             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9108         }
9109
9110         return true;
9111     }
9112
9113     return false;
9114 }
9115
9116 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9117 {
9118     if ( m_table &&
9119          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9120          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9121     {
9122         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9123         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9124
9125         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9126         {
9127             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9128             // non-empty cells
9129             //
9130             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9131             {
9132                 row++;
9133                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9134                     break;
9135             }
9136         }
9137         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9138         {
9139             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9140             //
9141             row++;
9142             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9143             {
9144                 row++;
9145                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9146                     break;
9147             }
9148         }
9149         else
9150         {
9151             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9152             //
9153             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9154             {
9155                 row++;
9156                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9157                 {
9158                     row--;
9159                     break;
9160                 }
9161             }
9162         }
9163
9164         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9165         if ( expandSelection )
9166         {
9167             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9168             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9169         }
9170         else
9171         {
9172             ClearSelection();
9173             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9174         }
9175
9176         return true;
9177     }
9178
9179     return false;
9180 }
9181
9182 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9183 {
9184     if ( m_table &&
9185          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9186          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9187     {
9188         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9189         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9190
9191         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9192         {
9193             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9194             // non-empty cells
9195             //
9196             while ( col > 0 )
9197             {
9198                 col--;
9199                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9200                     break;
9201             }
9202         }
9203         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9204         {
9205             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9206             //
9207             col--;
9208             while ( col > 0 )
9209             {
9210                 col--;
9211                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9212                     break;
9213             }
9214         }
9215         else
9216         {
9217             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9218             //
9219             while ( col > 0 )
9220             {
9221                 col--;
9222                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9223                 {
9224                     col++;
9225                     break;
9226                 }
9227             }
9228         }
9229
9230         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9231         if ( expandSelection )
9232         {
9233             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9234             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9235         }
9236         else
9237         {
9238             ClearSelection();
9239             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9240         }
9241
9242         return true;
9243     }
9244
9245     return false;
9246 }
9247
9248 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9249 {
9250     if ( m_table &&
9251          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9252          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9253     {
9254         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9255         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9256
9257         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9258         {
9259             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9260             // non-empty cells
9261             //
9262             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9263             {
9264                 col++;
9265                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9266                     break;
9267             }
9268         }
9269         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9270         {
9271             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9272             //
9273             col++;
9274             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9275             {
9276                 col++;
9277                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9278                     break;
9279             }
9280         }
9281         else
9282         {
9283             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9284             //
9285             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9286             {
9287                 col++;
9288                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9289                 {
9290                     col--;
9291                     break;
9292                 }
9293             }
9294         }
9295
9296         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9297         if ( expandSelection )
9298         {
9299             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9300             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9301         }
9302         else
9303         {
9304             ClearSelection();
9305             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9306         }
9307
9308         return true;
9309     }
9310
9311     return false;
9312 }
9313
9314 //
9315 // ------ Label values and formatting
9316 //
9317
9318 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9319 {
9320     if ( horiz )
9321         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9322     if ( vert )
9323         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9324 }
9325
9326 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9327 {
9328     if ( horiz )
9329         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9330     if ( vert )
9331         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9332 }
9333
9334 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9335 {
9336     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9337 }
9338
9339 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9340 {
9341     if ( m_table )
9342     {
9343         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9344     }
9345     else
9346     {
9347         wxString s;
9348         s << row;
9349         return s;
9350     }
9351 }
9352
9353 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9354 {
9355     if ( m_table )
9356     {
9357         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9358     }
9359     else
9360     {
9361         wxString s;
9362         s << col;
9363         return s;
9364     }
9365 }
9366
9367 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9368 {
9369     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9370
9371     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9372     {
9373         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9374     }
9375
9376     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9377     {
9378         if ( width == 0 )
9379         {
9380             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9381             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9382         }
9383         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9384         {
9385             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9386             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9387                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9388         }
9389
9390         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9391         CalcWindowSizes();
9392         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9393     }
9394 }
9395
9396 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9397 {
9398     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9399
9400     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9401     {
9402         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9403     }
9404
9405     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9406     {
9407         if ( height == 0 )
9408         {
9409             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9410             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9411         }
9412         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9413         {
9414             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9415             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9416                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9417         }
9418
9419         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9420         CalcWindowSizes();
9421         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9422     }
9423 }
9424
9425 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9426 {
9427     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9428     {
9429         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9430         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9431         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9432         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9433
9434         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9435         {
9436             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9437             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9438             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9439         }
9440     }
9441 }
9442
9443 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9444 {
9445     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9446     {
9447         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9448         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9449         {
9450             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9451             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9452         }
9453     }
9454 }
9455
9456 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9457 {
9458     m_labelFont = font;
9459     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9460     {
9461         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9462         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9463     }
9464 }
9465
9466 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9467 {
9468     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9469     switch ( horiz )
9470     {
9471         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9472         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9473         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9474     }
9475
9476     switch ( vert )
9477     {
9478         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9479         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9480         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9481     }
9482
9483     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9484     {
9485         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9486     }
9487
9488     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9489     {
9490         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9491     }
9492
9493     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9494     {
9495         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9496     }
9497 }
9498
9499 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9500 {
9501     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9502     switch ( horiz )
9503     {
9504         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9505         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9506         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9507     }
9508
9509     switch ( vert )
9510     {
9511         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9512         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9513         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9514     }
9515
9516     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9517     {
9518         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9519     }
9520
9521     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9522     {
9523         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9524     }
9525
9526     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9527     {
9528         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9529     }
9530 }
9531
9532 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9533 //       does not support vertical printing
9534 //
9535 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9536 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9537 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9538 //
9539 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9540 {
9541     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9542         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9543
9544     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9545         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9546 }
9547
9548 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9549 {
9550     if ( m_table )
9551     {
9552         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9553         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9554         {
9555             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9556             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9557             {
9558                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9559                 rect.x = 0;
9560                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9561                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9562             }
9563         }
9564     }
9565 }
9566
9567 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9568 {
9569     if ( m_table )
9570     {
9571         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9572         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9573         {
9574             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9575             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9576             {
9577                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9578                 rect.y = 0;
9579                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9580                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9581             }
9582         }
9583     }
9584 }
9585
9586 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9587 {
9588     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9589     {
9590         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9591
9592         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9593         PrepareDC( dc );
9594         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9595     }
9596 }
9597
9598 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9599 {
9600     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9601     {
9602         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9603
9604         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9605         PrepareDC( dc );
9606         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9607         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9608         attr->DecRef();
9609     }
9610 }
9611
9612 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9613 {
9614     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9615     {
9616         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9617
9618         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9619         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9620         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9621         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9622         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9623             return;
9624
9625         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9626         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9627     }
9628 }
9629
9630 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9631 {
9632     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9633     {
9634         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9635
9636         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9637         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9638         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9639         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9640         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9641                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9642             return;
9643
9644         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9645         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9646     }
9647 }
9648
9649 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9650 {
9651     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9652     {
9653         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9654
9655         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9656         {
9657             if ( enable )
9658             {
9659                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9660                 PrepareDC( dc );
9661                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9662             }
9663             else
9664             {
9665                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9666             }
9667         }
9668     }
9669 }
9670
9671 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9672 {
9673     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9674 }
9675
9676 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9677 {
9678     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9679
9680     return GetRowHeight(row);
9681 }
9682
9683 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9684 {
9685     return m_defaultColWidth;
9686 }
9687
9688 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9689 {
9690     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9691
9692     return GetColWidth(col);
9693 }
9694
9695 // ============================================================================
9696 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9697 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9698 // ============================================================================
9699
9700 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9701 // setting default attributes
9702 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9703
9704 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9705 {
9706     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9707 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9708     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9709 #endif
9710 }
9711
9712 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9713 {
9714     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9715 }
9716
9717 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9718 {
9719     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9720 }
9721
9722 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9723 {
9724     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9725 }
9726
9727 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9728 {
9729     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9730 }
9731
9732 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9733 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9734 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9735 // work correctly.
9736
9737 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9738 {
9739     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9740                      renderer,
9741                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9742 }
9743
9744 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9745 {
9746     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9747                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9748                      editor);
9749 }
9750
9751 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9752 // access to the default attributes
9753 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9754
9755 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9756 {
9757     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9758 }
9759
9760 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9761 {
9762     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9763 }
9764
9765 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9766 {
9767     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9768 }
9769
9770 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9771 {
9772     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9773 }
9774
9775 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9776 {
9777     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9778 }
9779
9780 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9781 {
9782     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9783 }
9784
9785 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9786 {
9787     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9788 }
9789
9790 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9791 // access to cell attributes
9792 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9793
9794 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9795 {
9796     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9797     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9798     attr->DecRef();
9799
9800     return colour;
9801 }
9802
9803 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9804 {
9805     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9806     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9807     attr->DecRef();
9808
9809     return colour;
9810 }
9811
9812 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9813 {
9814     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9815     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9816     attr->DecRef();
9817
9818     return font;
9819 }
9820
9821 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9822 {
9823     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9824     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9825     attr->DecRef();
9826 }
9827
9828 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9829 {
9830     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9831     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9832     attr->DecRef();
9833
9834     return allow;
9835 }
9836
9837 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9838 {
9839     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9840     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9841     attr->DecRef();
9842 }
9843
9844 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9845 {
9846     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9847     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9848     attr->DecRef();
9849
9850     return renderer;
9851 }
9852
9853 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9854 {
9855     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9856     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9857     attr->DecRef();
9858
9859     return editor;
9860 }
9861
9862 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9863 {
9864     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9865     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9866     attr->DecRef();
9867
9868     return isReadOnly;
9869 }
9870
9871 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9872 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9873 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9874
9875 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9876 {
9877     if ( !m_table )
9878     {
9879         return false;
9880     }
9881
9882     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9883 }
9884
9885 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9886 {
9887     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9888     {
9889         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9890         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9891         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9892     }
9893 }
9894
9895 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9896 {
9897     if ( attr != NULL )
9898     {
9899         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9900
9901         self->ClearAttrCache();
9902         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9903         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9904         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9905         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9906     }
9907 }
9908
9909 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9910 {
9911     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9912     {
9913         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9914         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9915
9916 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9917         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9918 #endif
9919
9920         return true;
9921     }
9922     else
9923     {
9924 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9925         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9926 #endif
9927
9928         return false;
9929     }
9930 }
9931
9932 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9933 {
9934     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9935     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9936     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9937     if ( row >= 0 )
9938     {
9939         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9940         {
9941             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9942                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9943             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9944         }
9945     }
9946
9947     if (attr)
9948     {
9949         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9950     }
9951     else
9952     {
9953         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9954         attr->IncRef();
9955     }
9956
9957     return attr;
9958 }
9959
9960 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9961 {
9962     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9963     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9964
9965     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9966     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9967
9968     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9969     if ( !attr )
9970     {
9971         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9972
9973         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9974         attr->IncRef();
9975         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9976     }
9977
9978     return attr;
9979 }
9980
9981 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9982 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9983 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9984
9985 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9986 {
9987     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9988 }
9989
9990 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9991 {
9992     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9993 }
9994
9995 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9996 {
9997     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9998     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9999     {
10000         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10001     }
10002
10003     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10004 }
10005
10006 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10007 {
10008     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10009     if (!attr)
10010         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10011     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10012     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10013
10014     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10015
10016 }
10017
10018 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10019 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10020 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10021
10022 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10023 {
10024     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10025     {
10026         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10027         ClearAttrCache();
10028     }
10029     else
10030     {
10031         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10032     }
10033 }
10034
10035 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10036 {
10037     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10038     {
10039         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10040         ClearAttrCache();
10041     }
10042     else
10043     {
10044         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10045     }
10046 }
10047
10048 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10049 {
10050     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10051     {
10052         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10053         ClearAttrCache();
10054     }
10055     else
10056     {
10057         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10058     }
10059 }
10060
10061 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10062 {
10063     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10064     {
10065         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10066         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10067         attr->DecRef();
10068     }
10069 }
10070
10071 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10072 {
10073     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10074     {
10075         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10076         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10077         attr->DecRef();
10078     }
10079 }
10080
10081 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10082 {
10083     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10084     {
10085         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10086         attr->SetFont(font);
10087         attr->DecRef();
10088     }
10089 }
10090
10091 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10092 {
10093     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10094     {
10095         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10096         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10097         attr->DecRef();
10098     }
10099 }
10100
10101 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10102 {
10103     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10104     {
10105         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10106         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10107         attr->DecRef();
10108     }
10109 }
10110
10111 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10112 {
10113     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10114     {
10115         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10116
10117         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10118         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10119         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10120         attr->DecRef();
10121
10122         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10123         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10124         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10125         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10126         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10127                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10128         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10129                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10130
10131         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10132         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10133         {
10134             int i, j;
10135             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10136             {
10137                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10138                 {
10139                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10140                     {
10141                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10142                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10143                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10144                     }
10145                 }
10146             }
10147         }
10148
10149         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10150         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10151         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10152         {
10153             int i, j;
10154             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10155             {
10156                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10157                 {
10158                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10159                     {
10160                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10161                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10162                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10163                     }
10164                 }
10165             }
10166         }
10167     }
10168 }
10169
10170 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10171 {
10172     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10173     {
10174         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10175         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10176         attr->DecRef();
10177     }
10178 }
10179
10180 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10181 {
10182     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10183     {
10184         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10185         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10186         attr->DecRef();
10187     }
10188 }
10189
10190 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10191 {
10192     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10193     {
10194         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10195         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10196         attr->DecRef();
10197     }
10198 }
10199
10200 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10201 // Data type registration
10202 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10203
10204 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10205                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10206                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10207 {
10208     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10209 }
10210
10211
10212 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10213 {
10214     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10215     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10216 }
10217
10218 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10219 {
10220     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10221     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10222 }
10223
10224 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10225 {
10226     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10227     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10228     {
10229         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10230
10231         return NULL;
10232     }
10233
10234     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10235 }
10236
10237 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10238 {
10239     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10240     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10241     {
10242         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10243
10244         return NULL;
10245     }
10246
10247     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10248 }
10249
10250 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10251 // row/col size
10252 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10253
10254 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10255 {
10256     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10257 }
10258
10259 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10260 {
10261     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10262 }
10263
10264 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10265 {
10266     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10267 }
10268
10269 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10270 {
10271     m_canDragCell = enable;
10272 }
10273
10274 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10275 {
10276     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10277
10278     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10279     {
10280         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10281         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10282         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10283         // some speed optimisations)
10284         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10285         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10286         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10287             CalcDimensions();
10288     }
10289 }
10290
10291 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10292 {
10293     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10294
10295     // See comment in SetColSize
10296     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10297         return;
10298
10299     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10300     {
10301         // need to really create the array
10302         InitRowHeights();
10303     }
10304
10305     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10306     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10307
10308     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10309     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10310     {
10311         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10312     }
10313
10314     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10315         CalcDimensions();
10316 }
10317
10318 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10319 {
10320     // we dont allow zero default column width
10321     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10322
10323     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10324     {
10325         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10326         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10327         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10328         // some speed optimisations)
10329         m_colWidths.Empty();
10330         m_colRights.Empty();
10331         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10332             CalcDimensions();
10333     }
10334 }
10335
10336 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10337 {
10338     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10339
10340     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10341     //                                                                 (VZ)
10342     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10343     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10344     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10345     //
10346     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10347
10348     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10349         return;
10350
10351     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10352     {
10353         // need to really create the array
10354         InitColWidths();
10355     }
10356
10357     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10358     if ( width < 0 )
10359     {
10360         long w, h;
10361         wxArrayString lines;
10362         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10363         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10364         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10365         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10366         width = w + 6;
10367     }
10368
10369     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10370     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10371     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10372
10373     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10374     {
10375         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10376     }
10377
10378     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10379         CalcDimensions();
10380 }
10381
10382 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10383 {
10384     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10385     {
10386         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10387         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10388     }
10389 }
10390
10391 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10392 {
10393     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10394     {
10395         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10396         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10397     }
10398 }
10399
10400 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10401 {
10402     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10403     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10404
10405     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10406 }
10407
10408 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10409 {
10410     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10411     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10412
10413     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10414 }
10415
10416 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10417 {
10418     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10419     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10420     if ( width >= 0 )
10421         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10422 }
10423
10424 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10425 {
10426     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10427     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10428     if ( height >= 0 )
10429         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10430 }
10431
10432 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10433 {
10434     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10435 }
10436
10437 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10438 {
10439     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10440 }
10441
10442 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10443 // auto sizing
10444 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10445
10446 void
10447 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10448 {
10449     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10450
10451     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10452
10453     // cancel editing of cell
10454     HideCellEditControl();
10455     SaveEditControlValue();
10456
10457     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10458     int row = -1,
10459         col = -1;
10460     if ( column )
10461         col = colOrRow;
10462     else
10463         row = colOrRow;
10464
10465     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10466     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10467     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10468     {
10469         if ( column )
10470             row = rowOrCol;
10471         else
10472             col = rowOrCol;
10473
10474         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10475         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10476         if ( renderer )
10477         {
10478             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10479             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10480             if ( extent > extentMax )
10481                 extentMax = extent;
10482
10483             renderer->DecRef();
10484         }
10485
10486         attr->DecRef();
10487     }
10488
10489     // now also compare with the column label extent
10490     wxCoord w, h;
10491     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10492
10493     if ( column )
10494     {
10495         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10496         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10497             w = h;
10498     }
10499     else
10500         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10501
10502     extent = column ? w : h;
10503     if ( extent > extentMax )
10504         extentMax = extent;
10505
10506     if ( !extentMax )
10507     {
10508         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10509         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10510         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10511     }
10512     else
10513     {
10514         if ( column )
10515             // leave some space around text
10516             extentMax += 10;
10517         else
10518             extentMax += 6;
10519     }
10520
10521     if ( column )
10522     {
10523         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10524         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10525         // in SetColSize().
10526         if ( !setAsMin )
10527             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10528
10529         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10530         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10531         {
10532             int cw, ch, dummy;
10533             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10534             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10535             rect.y = 0;
10536             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10537             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10538             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10539             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10540         }
10541     }
10542     else
10543     {
10544         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10545         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10546         // in SetRowSize().
10547         if ( !setAsMin )
10548             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10549
10550         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10551         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10552         {
10553             int cw, ch, dummy;
10554             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10555             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10556             rect.x = 0;
10557             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10558             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10559             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10560             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10561         }
10562     }
10563
10564     if ( setAsMin )
10565     {
10566         if ( column )
10567             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10568         else
10569             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10570     }
10571 }
10572
10573 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10574 {
10575     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10576     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10577
10578     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10579                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10580     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10581
10582     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10583     //
10584     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10585     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10586     const bool
10587         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10588
10589     wxArrayString lines;
10590     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10591
10592     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10593     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10594     {
10595         lines.Clear();
10596
10597         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10598                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10599         StringToLines(label, lines);
10600
10601         long w, h;
10602         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10603
10604         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10605         if ( extent > extentMax )
10606             extentMax = extent;
10607     }
10608
10609     if ( !extentMax )
10610     {
10611         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10612         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10613         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10614                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10615     }
10616
10617     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10618     if ( calcRows )
10619         extentMax += 10;
10620     else
10621         extentMax += 6;
10622
10623     return extentMax;
10624 }
10625
10626 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10627 {
10628     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10629
10630     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10631     if(!calcOnly)
10632         locker.Create(this);
10633
10634     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10635     {
10636         if ( !calcOnly )
10637             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10638
10639         width += GetColWidth(col);
10640     }
10641
10642     return width;
10643 }
10644
10645 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10646 {
10647     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10648
10649     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10650     if(!calcOnly)
10651         locker.Create(this);
10652
10653     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10654     {
10655         if ( !calcOnly )
10656             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10657
10658         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10659     }
10660
10661     return height;
10662 }
10663
10664 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10665 {
10666     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10667
10668     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10669     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10670     // exactly to fit our contents
10671     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10672                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10673     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10674                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10675
10676     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10677     // extra white space
10678     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10679     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10680     {
10681         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10682         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10683         if ( diffPerCol )
10684         {
10685             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10686             {
10687                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10688             }
10689         }
10690
10691         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10692         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10693         if ( diff )
10694         {
10695             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10696             {
10697                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10698             }
10699         }
10700     }
10701
10702     // same for rows
10703     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10704     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10705     {
10706         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10707         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10708         if ( diffPerRow )
10709         {
10710             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10711             {
10712                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10713             }
10714         }
10715
10716         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10717         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10718         if ( diff )
10719         {
10720             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10721             {
10722                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10723             }
10724         }
10725     }
10726
10727     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10728     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10729     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10730     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10731     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10732 }
10733
10734 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10735 {
10736     wxArrayString lines;
10737     long w, h;
10738
10739     // Hide the edit control, so it
10740     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10741     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10742     {
10743         HideCellEditControl();
10744         SaveEditControlValue();
10745     }
10746
10747     // autosize row height depending on label text
10748     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10749     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10750     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10751     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10752         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10753     SetRowSize(row, h);
10754     ForceRefresh();
10755 }
10756
10757 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10758 {
10759     wxArrayString lines;
10760     long w, h;
10761
10762     // Hide the edit control, so it
10763     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10764     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10765     {
10766         HideCellEditControl();
10767         SaveEditControlValue();
10768     }
10769
10770     // autosize column width depending on label text
10771     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10772     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10773     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10774         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10775     else
10776         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10777     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10778         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10779     SetColSize(col, w);
10780     ForceRefresh();
10781 }
10782
10783 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10784 {
10785     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10786
10787     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10788     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10789     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10790                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10791     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10792                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10793
10794     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10795     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10796     // calculation.
10797     // CacheBestSize(size);
10798
10799     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10800             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10801 }
10802
10803 void wxGrid::Fit()
10804 {
10805     AutoSize();
10806 }
10807
10808 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10809 {
10810     return wxNullPen;
10811 }
10812
10813 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10814 // cell value accessor functions
10815 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10816
10817 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10818 {
10819     if ( m_table )
10820     {
10821         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10822         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10823         {
10824             int dummy;
10825             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10826             rect.x = 0;
10827             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10828             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10829             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10830         }
10831
10832         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10833              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10834              IsCellEditControlShown())
10835              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10836              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10837              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10838         {
10839             HideCellEditControl();
10840             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10841         }
10842     }
10843 }
10844
10845 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10846 // block, row and column selection
10847 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10848
10849 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10850 {
10851     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10852         ClearSelection();
10853
10854     if ( m_selection )
10855         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10856 }
10857
10858 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10859 {
10860     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10861         ClearSelection();
10862
10863     if ( m_selection )
10864         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10865 }
10866
10867 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10868                           bool addToSelected )
10869 {
10870     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10871         ClearSelection();
10872
10873     if ( m_selection )
10874         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10875                                   false, addToSelected );
10876 }
10877
10878 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10879 {
10880     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10881     {
10882         if ( m_selection )
10883             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10884     }
10885 }
10886
10887 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10888 // cell, row and col deselection
10889 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10890
10891 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10892 {
10893     if ( !m_selection )
10894         return;
10895
10896     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10897     {
10898         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10899             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10900     }
10901     else
10902     {
10903         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10904         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10905         {
10906             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10907                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10908         }
10909     }
10910 }
10911
10912 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10913 {
10914     if ( !m_selection )
10915         return;
10916
10917     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10918     {
10919         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10920             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10921     }
10922     else
10923     {
10924         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10925         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10926         {
10927             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10928                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10929         }
10930     }
10931 }
10932
10933 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10934 {
10935     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10936         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10937 }
10938
10939 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10940 {
10941     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10942              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10943                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10944 }
10945
10946 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10947 {
10948     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10949              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10950                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10951                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10952                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10953 }
10954
10955 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10956 {
10957     if (!m_selection)
10958     {
10959         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10960         return a;
10961     }
10962
10963     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10964 }
10965
10966 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10967 {
10968     if (!m_selection)
10969     {
10970         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10971         return a;
10972     }
10973
10974     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10975 }
10976
10977 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10978 {
10979     if (!m_selection)
10980     {
10981         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10982         return a;
10983     }
10984
10985     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10986 }
10987
10988 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10989 {
10990     if (!m_selection)
10991     {
10992         wxArrayInt a;
10993         return a;
10994     }
10995
10996     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10997 }
10998
10999 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11000 {
11001     if (!m_selection)
11002     {
11003         wxArrayInt a;
11004         return a;
11005     }
11006
11007     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11008 }
11009
11010 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11011 {
11012     m_selectingTopLeft =
11013     m_selectingBottomRight =
11014     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11015     if ( m_selection )
11016         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11017 }
11018
11019 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11020 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11021 //
11022 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11023                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11024 {
11025     wxRect resultRect;
11026     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11027     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11028     {
11029         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11030     }
11031     else
11032     {
11033         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11034     }
11035
11036     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11037     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11038     {
11039         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11040     }
11041     else
11042     {
11043         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11044         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11045     }
11046
11047     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11048     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11049     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11050     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11051     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11052
11053     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11054     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11055     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11056     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11057
11058     if (left > right)
11059     {
11060         int tmp = left;
11061         left = right;
11062         right = tmp;
11063
11064         tmp = leftCol;
11065         leftCol = rightCol;
11066         rightCol = tmp;
11067     }
11068
11069     if (top > bottom)
11070     {
11071         int tmp = top;
11072         top = bottom;
11073         bottom = tmp;
11074
11075         tmp = topRow;
11076         topRow = bottomRow;
11077         bottomRow = tmp;
11078     }
11079
11080     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11081     int cw, ch;
11082     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11083
11084     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11085     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11086     int gridOriginX = 0;
11087     int gridOriginY = 0;
11088     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11089
11090     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11091     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11092
11093     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11094     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11095
11096     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11097     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11098     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11099     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11100     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11101     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11102     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11103     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11104
11105     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11106     {
11107         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11108         {
11109             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11110                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11111             {
11112                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11113
11114                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11115                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11116                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11117                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11118                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11119                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11120                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11121                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11122             }
11123             else
11124             {
11125                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11126             }
11127         }
11128     }
11129
11130     // Convert to scrolled coords
11131     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11132     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11133
11134     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11135         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11136
11137     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11138     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11139     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11140     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11141
11142     return resultRect;
11143 }
11144
11145 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11146 // drop target
11147 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11148
11149 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11150
11151 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11152 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11153 {
11154     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11155 }
11156
11157 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11158
11159 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11160 // grid event classes
11161 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11162
11163 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11164
11165 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11166                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11167                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11168         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11169 {
11170     m_row = row;
11171     m_col = col;
11172     m_x = x;
11173     m_y = y;
11174     m_selecting = sel;
11175     m_control = control;
11176     m_shift = shift;
11177     m_alt = alt;
11178     m_meta = meta;
11179
11180     SetEventObject(obj);
11181 }
11182
11183
11184 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11185
11186 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11187                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11188                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11189         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11190 {
11191     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11192     m_x = x;
11193     m_y = y;
11194     m_control = control;
11195     m_shift = shift;
11196     m_alt = alt;
11197     m_meta = meta;
11198
11199     SetEventObject(obj);
11200 }
11201
11202
11203 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11204
11205 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11206                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11207                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11208                                                bool sel, bool control,
11209                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11210         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11211 {
11212     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11213     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11214     m_selecting = sel;
11215     m_control = control;
11216     m_shift = shift;
11217     m_alt = alt;
11218     m_meta = meta;
11219
11220     SetEventObject(obj);
11221 }
11222
11223
11224 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11225
11226 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11227                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11228                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11229     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11230 {
11231     SetEventObject(obj);
11232     m_row = row;
11233     m_col = col;
11234     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11235 }
11236
11237 #endif // wxUSE_GRID